Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Education & Training Services / Universal Technical Institute

Universal Technical Institute

uti · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker uti
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Education & Training Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Universal Technical Institute
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2014 Annual Report

Jake De St. Hubert, Journeyman Technician,  
BMW of Minnetonka, MN. Graduated from UTI in 2008.  

FOR SUCCESS

For our students, our graduates and 
the industry leaders who employ them.

Cristian Raymundo, Technician II, Penske Truck Leasing, Braintree, MA.  
Marine Corps veteran. Graduated from UTI in 2011. 

Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, Universal 
Technical Institute, Inc. (NYSE: UTI) is the leading 
provider of post-secondary education for students 
seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel, 
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians. 
With more than 180,000 graduates in its 49-year 
history, UTI offers undergraduate degree, diploma 
and certificate programs at 11 campuses across 
the United States, as well as manufacturer-specific 
training programs at dedicated training centers. 
UTI provides specialized post-secondary education 
programs under the banner of several well-known 
brands, including Universal Technical Institute (UTI),  
Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine 
Mechanics Institute (MMI) and NASCAR Technical 
Institute (NASCAR Tech).

Steve Webster, JCB Technician, NITCO Lift, Wilmington, MA.  
Army National Guard veteran. Graduated from UTI in 2013. 

“ UTI gives veterans the skills and 
credentials they need to transition 
from the military to a successful 
civilian career.” 

—  LTG (R) William J. Lennox, Jr., Former Superintendent  
of the United States Military Academy at West Point 

To our shareholders: 
For nearly 50 years, Universal Technical Institute has stood for success— 
for our students and for America’s transportation industry. We’ve given our 
students the quality education they need to build careers they love.  
We’ve trained the skilled employees our industry partners and our economy 
need to thrive. We’ve championed America’s middle class and helped our 
graduates find their American dream. 

And while 2014 was a challenging year for our business, it did nothing  
to dampen our resolve or curtail our commitment to our students and 
the industry leaders who employ them. We’ve stayed true to our purpose, 
and we’ve used these difficult times to create a business that is leaner, 
smarter and poised to capitalize on the eventual recovery in our sector.  

Growing demand
Our students leave UTI ready for success in good-paying jobs with plenty  
of opportunities for advancement. Today, the average vehicle is 11.4 years 
old—an all-time high—and by 2018, there will be an estimated 260 million  
vehicles on American roads. We will need more than 1.2 million trained 
service technicians to service those vehicles and, with 50 percent of service  
technicians eligible to retire in the next 15 years, we expect to see more than  
37,000 job openings a year in the fields we serve between now and 2018.* 

But for so many qualified students, there are big hurdles on the path to  
a good education. Families are still feeling the lingering effects of the  
great recession. They are concerned about the cost of an education and  
worried about taking on debt. Many, unable to get work for so long, have 
opted for unskilled jobs over education, and some still harbor outdated, 
inaccurate perceptions of technical careers and training. 

We are focused on helping students overcome these challenges and get 
the training they need to be successful.

Average Total 
Students

New 
Students

Revenues

Net 
Income

Earnings Per 
Diluted Share 

14,400

13,600

$378.4 million

$2.0 million

$0.08

Leveraging our core strengths 
Our fundamental strengths continue to serve us well. We are the clear 
industry leader, with a recognized, trusted brand and a long record of 
regulatory compliance. Backed by our unparalleled industry partnerships, 
we deliver the high-tech, hands-on education students need to be  
successful and, during 2014, 88 percent of UTI graduates found jobs  
in their chosen field.**

Driving efficiency, lowering costs 
During 2014, we drove costs down and using technology and process 
improvements, made our teams much more productive and efficient. This 
work helped us deliver improved operating income compared to 2013, and 
let us continue to invest in our business and in changing students’ lives. 

Preparing more students for success 
We’re investing in innovative, cost-effective ways to rebuild our student 
population. While this work hasn’t fully mitigated the effects of the powerful  
headwinds our entire industry is facing, it has transformed our business, 
taught us a great deal about prospective students and positioned us 
well for the eventual turn in the economic cycle.  

We’re also expanding our footprint with new, smaller campuses in  
metropolitan markets and adding new courses to existing campuses where  
there is strong demand. In 2015, we will open a new metro-model  
campus in Long Beach, California, and add our successful diesel program  
to the curriculum at our Orlando, Florida campus. Long Beach will  
build on the success we’ve had in Dallas, where our campus is already 
operating at capacity.  

We continue to develop and test new ways to attract students. In 2015,  
we will roll out a new advertising and marketing campaign. We will bolster  
our efforts to help veterans get the education they need to transition 
to successful civilian careers and ramp up our support of high school 
students and counselors, by bringing together employers, educators, and 
policy makers to support students in whatever path they choose, including  
private technical and vocational education. 

   *Bureau of Labor Statistics

** Approximately 9,900 of the 10,600 UTI graduates in 2013 were available for employment. At the time of 

reporting, approximately 8,700 were employed within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 88%. 

“ Quality technical institutions,  
like UTI, offer high-tech, industry- 
specific training that is simply not 
available in traditional academic 
settings. This education is critical 
to address the growing shortage 
of skilled trades people in America 
and to give our hands-on learners 
a viable path to real career success.” 

— Dr. Rod Paige, Former U.S. Secretary of Education (2001-2005) 

Ryan Winget, Service Technician, St. Paul Harley-Davidson, St. Paul, MN. 
Graduated from MMI in 2001. 

Keaton Kramer, Service Technician, AutoNation Ford, White Bear Lake, MN.   
Graduated from UTI in 2013. 

“ The automotive industry is helping 
to fuel America’s economic recovery  
and return to growth, and the  
need for skilled workers is critical 
to our success. We rely on UTI to 
fill that need.” 

—  Roger S. Penske, Chairman, Penske Automotive Group, Inc. 

Tackling the affordability challenge
The transportation industry is at a tipping point, and our industry partners  
are telling us there are more vacant jobs than there are trained service 
technicians to fill them. To meet the growing demand, we are working 
closely with employers to help them recruit and retain our graduates 
through employer-sponsored scholarships, tuition reimbursement and 
other incentives that help address students’ number one concern—
price and affordability. 

The road ahead
We are confident that our solid fundamentals, the strength of our strategy  
and our unwavering commitment will help us continue to deliver good 
results. In the coming year, we will focus on opening our new campus 
and attracting more qualified students to better meet industry’s growing 
demand for skilled technicians, while managing costs and driving  
efficiencies. This work should begin to deliver new student growth in  
the second half of 2015.

Longer term, we believe we may begin to see economic and regulatory 
headwinds turn in our favor. There is growing recognition of the value of 
technical training and careers, and increasing acknowledgement of the 
difference quality schools, like UTI, can make for the American economy 
and our middle class. As prospective students tire of the dead-end  
jobs they took during the recession, they will be more likely to consider 
education as a way to improve their opportunities for career success. 

UTI has a nearly 50-year history of preparing students for success in  
the transportation industry. We have a bright future. And, as we travel 
the road ahead, we will hold true to our core strengths, innovate to 
keep pace with the changes and challenges around us and continue to 
build this business to deliver success—for our students, our industry  
customers, our employees and our shareholders. 

Kim McWaters 
Chairman of the Board  
and Chief Executive Officer

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

U. S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 _____________________________________________

Form 10-K 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

 _____________________________________________

Commission File Number 1-31923
 _____________________________________________

 UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

86-0226984
(IRS Employer Identification
No.)

16220 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254
(Address of principal executive offices)

(623) 445-9500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class:
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered:
New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act.    Yes 

    No  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 

15(d) of the Act.    Yes 

    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.    Yes 

    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate 
Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation 
S-T (§232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
and post such files).    Yes   

    No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 
of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-
accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” 
and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  

    Accelerated filer  

     Non-accelerated filer  

    Smaller reporting company  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the 

Act).    Yes  

    No  

At November 24, 2014, 24,825,881 shares of common stock were outstanding.  The aggregate market 
value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the last business day of the registrant's 
most recently completed second fiscal quarter (March 31, 2014) was approximately $326,470,000 (based upon 
the closing price of the common stock on such date as reported by the New York Stock Exchange).  For purposes 
of this calculation, the registrant has excluded the market value of all common stock beneficially owned by all 
executive officers and directors of the registrant. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions  of  the  registrant's  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2015 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  are 

incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 
  
 
PART I

Page

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements .......................................................................................................

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS ........................................................................................................................................................
Overview ............................................................................................................................................................
Business Model ..................................................................................................................................................
Business Strategy ...............................................................................................................................................
Industry Background ..........................................................................................................................................
Schools and Programs ........................................................................................................................................
Industry Relationships .......................................................................................................................................
Student Recruitment Model ...............................................................................................................................
Student Admissions and Retention .....................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................

Enrollment

.......................................................................................................................................

Graduate Employment
Faculty and Employees ......................................................................................................................................
Competition .......................................................................................................................................................
Environmental Matters .......................................................................................................................................
Available Information ........................................................................................................................................
Regulatory Environment ....................................................................................................................................
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS ..............................................................................................................................................
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ..........................................................................................................
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES ..................................................................................................................................................
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ................................................................................................................................
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ...................................................................................................................
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC........................................

ITEM 3.

ITEM 4.

PART II

ITEM 7.

ITEM 5.

ITEM 6.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ...........................................................................
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ...................................................................................................................
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS ...........................................................................................................................................
General Overview ..............................................................................................................................................
2014 Overview ...................................................................................................................................................
Results of Operations .........................................................................................................................................
Liquidity and Capital Resources ........................................................................................................................
Contractual Obligations .....................................................................................................................................
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements .......................................................................................................................
Related Party Transactions .................................................................................................................................
Seasonality .........................................................................................................................................................
Critical Accounting Estimates ............................................................................................................................
Recent Accounting Pronouncements ..................................................................................................................
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK..............................
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.................................................................
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ..........................................................................................................................
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ...............................................................................................................
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION ...............................................................................................................................

ITEM 9.

1

2

2

2

3

5

5

10

12

13

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

31

47

47

47

48

48

51

54

58

58

59

64

71

74

75

75

75

76

79

79

79

80

80

81

i

ITEM 10.

ITEM 11.

ITEM 12.

ITEM 13.

ITEM 14.

ITEM 15.

PART III
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ....................................
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ..................................................................................................................
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ....................................................................................................
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE ...........................................................................................................................................
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES................................................................................

PART IV
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .....................................................................

Page

81

81

81

81

82

83

ii

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This 2014 Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain forward-
looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which include information relating to future events, future 
financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of 
resources.  From time to time, we also provide forward-looking statements in other materials we release 
to the public as well as verbal forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking statements include, 
without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; scheduled openings of new campuses 
and campus expansions; expectations that regulatory developments, or agency interpretations of such 
regulatory developments or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated 
financial position, results of operations or liquidity; statements concerning projections, predictions, 
expectations,  estimates  or  forecasts  as  to  our  business,  financial  and  operational  results  and  future 
economic  performance;  and  statements  of  management’s  goals  and  objectives  and  other  similar 
expressions.  Such statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events; they do not 
relate strictly to historical or current facts.  Words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” 
“predicts,”  “potential,”  “continue,”  “expects,”  “anticipates,”  “future,”  “intends,”  “plans,” 
“believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-
looking statements. However, not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will be realized, although we believe 
we have been prudent in our plans and assumptions.  Achievement of future results is subject to risks, 
uncertainties and potentially inaccurate assumptions.  Many events beyond our control may determine 
whether  results  we  anticipate  will  be  achieved.    Should  known  or  unknown  risks  or  uncertainties 
materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could differ materially 
from past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected.  Among the factors that could cause 
actual results to differ materially are the factors discussed under Item 1A, "Risk Factors". You should 
bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking statements. 

Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  You are advised, 
however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in our Form 10-Q and 8-K 
reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).  

1

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

Overview

PART I

We  are  the  leading  provider  of  postsecondary  education  for  students  seeking  careers  as  professional 
automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured by total average undergraduate 
full-time enrollment and graduates.  We offer undergraduate degree and diploma programs at 11 campuses across 
the United States under the banner of several well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute (UTI), 
Motorcycle  Mechanics  Institute  and  Marine  Mechanics  Institute  (collectively,  MMI)  and  NASCAR Technical 
Institute (NASCAR Tech).  We also offer manufacturer specific advanced training programs, including student-
paid electives, at our campuses and manufacturer or dealer sponsored training at certain campuses and dedicated 
training centers.  We have provided technical education for 49 years.

For the year ended September 30, 2014, our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment was 

approximately 14,400.  

Business Model

We  work  closely  with  leading  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs)  in  the  automotive,  diesel, 
motorcycle  and  marine  industries  to  understand  their  needs  for  qualified  service  professionals.  Through  our 
relationships with OEMs, we are able to continuously refine and expand our programs and curricula. We believe 
our industry-oriented educational philosophy and national presence have enabled us to develop valuable industry 
relationships, which provide us with significant competitive strength and support our market leadership.

We  are  a  primary,  and  often  the  sole,  provider  of  manufacturer  specific  advanced  training  (MSAT) 
programs, and we have relationships with over 25 OEMs, including the following OEMs and their associated 
brands:  

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

BMW of North America, LLC

BMW Motorrad of North America, LLC

Bombardier Produits Recreatifs (BRP) Inc.

Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.

Navistar International Corp.

Nissan North America, Inc.

Peterbilt Motors Company

Cummins Rocky Mountain, a subsidiary of Cummins, Inc.

Porsche Cars of North America, Inc.

Daimler Trucks N.A.
Ford Motor Co.

General Motors Co.

Harley-Davidson Motor Co.

Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC

Suzuki Motor of America, Inc.
Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

Volvo Cars of North America, LLC

Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc.

Yamaha Motor Corp., USA

Participating manufacturers typically assist us in the development of course content and curricula, while 
providing us with vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts at reduced prices or at no charge. In some instances 
they pay for students’ tuition. Our collaboration with OEMs enables us to provide highly specialized education to 
our students, resulting in enhanced employment opportunities and the potential for higher wages for our graduates. 

Our industry partners and their dealers benefit from a supply of technicians who are certified or credentialed 
by the manufacturer as graduates of the MSAT programs.  The MSAT programs offer a cost-effective alternative 

2

 
for sourcing and developing technicians for both OEMs and their dealers. These relationships also support the 
development of incremental revenue opportunities from training the OEMs’ existing employees.

In addition to the OEMs, our industry relationships also extend to after-market retailers, fleet service 
providers  and  enthusiast  organizations.    Other  target  groups  for  relationship-building,  such  as  parts  and  tools 
suppliers and enthusiast organizations, provide us with a variety of strategic and financial benefits that include 
equipment sponsorship, new product support, licensing and branding opportunities and financial sponsorship for 
our campuses and students.

Business Strategy 

Our goal is to continue to be the leading provider of post-secondary education for students seeking careers 
as professional automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians and the leading supplier of 
entry-level skilled technicians for the industries we serve.  We intend to pursue the following business strategies 
to attain this goal: 

Strengthen industry relationships 

Our relationships with leading OEMs are important to our business.  We strive to understand the workforce 
needs of our existing OEM partners to provide the quantity and quality of technicians when and where they are 
needed.    We  have  a  dedicated  account  management  team  at  our  corporate  level  focused  on  managing  those 
relationships and developing new ones.  We deliver value to these OEMs by functioning as an efficient hiring 
source and low cost training option. These relationships give us direct input on the latest needs and requirements 
of employers, which not only guides our prospective student recruitment, but also strengthens our curricula and 
our students’ opportunities for employment and earnings potential after graduation. In addition, our OEM partners 
and  their  related  dealers  support  our  students  through  manufacturer-paid  courses,  scholarships  and  tuition 
reimbursement programs. In the future, we may be more selective about which OEMs we choose to partner with.  
This may lead to the cancellation of relationships that do not result in the best outcomes for our students after 
graduation.

Recruit, train and identify employment opportunities for more students

Our student recruitment efforts are focused on three primary markets for prospective students and are 

conducted through three admissions channels:

High School: Field-based representatives develop and maintain relationships with high school guidance 

counselors and vocational instructors as well as students and parents.

Adult: Campus-based representatives serve adult career-seeking or career changing students via inbound 

and outbound media.

Military:  Our  military  representatives  are  strategically  located  throughout  the  country  and  focus  on 
building relationships with and serving the needs of transitioning soldiers and military veterans. Additionally, we 
have a centralized team of military representatives who are dedicated to serving and assisting veterans throughout 
the U.S.

Our national multi-media marketing strategies are designed to drive new student growth by building brand 

awareness and differentiation and generating inquiries from qualified prospective students.

We continue to optimize our national and local marketing initiatives, tools and systems with the goals of 
cost-effectively achieving the optimal balance between generating a strong volume of inquiries from adult students 
and maximizing the percentage of inquiries from students with a high propensity to attend UTI. 

3

  
 
We have implemented new processes, technology and tools to support our national network of admissions 
representatives in responding to new student inquiries and keeping them engaged as they apply for, enroll in and 
start school. 

 We regularly evaluate, update and expand our core and MSAT courses to align our training programs 
with current industry requirements. We regularly evaluate program offerings, schedules and locations that are most 
appealing to students and aligned with employer expectations.  We provide relevant services to assist students with 
possible tuition financing options, educational and career counseling, opportunities while attending school for part-
time work and housing assistance and, ultimately, graduate employment. Our national employment services team 
develops job opportunities and outreach, while our local employment services teams instruct active students on 
employment search and interviewing skills, facilitate employer visits to campuses, provide access to reference 
materials and assist with the composition of resumes.

Improve educational value proposition and affordability

Educational value

Our strategy is to provide students with an excellent return on their educational investment by offering 
training that is not typically available through other providers, is tailored to industry standards and requirements, 
improves students’ opportunities to find employment and maximize their earnings potential in a secure, growing 
industry.   

We are focused on adding new campus locations in key regions where there is strong student interest and 
employer demand for our graduates. Through organic growth and strategic acquisition of campus locations, we 
believe we can leverage our national capabilities and marketing initiatives, make our education accessible and 
convenient for more students and decrease student relocation costs.

Our Automotive and Diesel Technology II curricula is designed around manufacturers’ needs and fulfills 
student demand for hands-on, instructor led training combined with flexible, web-based learning. We intend to 
continue integrating the new curricula and methodologies at new and existing campuses that offer Automotive and 
Diesel Technology programs. As we accelerate our campus expansion program, we will prioritize implementation 
of the Automotive and Diesel Technology II curricula at new campus locations.

We actively engage transportation industry partners in defining our core curriculum and improving and 
expanding manufacturer specific advanced training courses. These unique course offerings make our students more 
employable by giving them training that is consistent with industry needs and rapidly changing technology and 
the opportunity to earn certain industry-recognized certifications and credentials that are not readily available 
elsewhere. As a result, we are well positioned to better meet the industry’s demand for trained technicians. 

Affordability

Increased  price  sensitivity  and  aversion  to  debt  continue  to  negatively  impact  prospective  students’ 
willingness and ability to fund an education. We are focused on making our training more affordable and accessible 
through financing options, proprietary loans, scholarships based on need and merit as well as financing tools and 
guidance for students. 

In  response  to  growing  demand  for  trained  technicians,  our  industry  partners  and  employers  are 
increasingly  willing  to  provide  our  students  with  scholarship  money  and  to  offer  our  graduates  tuition 
reimbursement plans and competitive compensation and benefit packages, including signing bonuses, relocation 
grants and toolboxes. 

4

We are working with high schools across the nation to increase course articulation programs, which allow 
students who have completed courses accredited by the National Automotive Technical Education Foundation 
(NATEF), a division of the Institute for Automotive Service Excellence (ASE), to transfer these credits to our 
programs. These additional credits can reduce students’ tuition and the time needed to complete our programs. 

Additionally, we regularly review and revise key business processes with the goals of eliminating costs 
and waste, driving efficiency and allowing us to continue to improve value and affordability for our students. Our 
goal is to align costs with student populations without compromising the quality of our education. 

Industry Background

The market for qualified service technicians is large and growing. In the most recent data available, the 
United States Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) estimated that in 2012 there were approximately 701,100 employed 
automotive technicians in the United States, and this number was expected to increase by 8.6% from 2012 to 2022. 
Other 2012 estimates provided by the U.S. DOL indicate that the number of technicians in the other industries we 
serve, including diesel repair, collision repair, motorcycle repair and marine repair, are expected to increase by 
8.7%,  13.3%,  6.0%  and  5.8%,  respectively. The  need  for  technicians  is  due  to  a  variety  of  factors,  including 
technological advancement in the industries into which our graduates enter, a continued increase in the number of 
automobiles, trucks, motorcycles and boats in service, the increasing lifespan of late-model automobiles and light 
trucks and an aging workforce that has begun to retire. As a result of these factors, the U.S. DOL estimates that an 
average of approximately 37,300 new job openings will exist annually for new entrants from 2012 to 2022 in the 
fields that we serve, according to data collected. In addition to the increase in demand for newly qualified technicians, 
manufacturers,  dealer  networks,  transportation  companies  and  governmental  entities  with  large  fleets  are 
outsourcing their training functions, seeking preferred education providers who can offer high quality curricula 
and have a national presence to meet the employment and advanced training needs of their national dealer networks.

Schools and Programs

Through our campus-based school system, we offer specialized technical education programs under the 
banner  of  several  well-known  brands,  including  Universal  Technical  Institute  (UTI),  Motorcycle  Mechanics 
Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical Institute (NASCAR Tech).  
The majority of our undergraduate programs are designed to be completed in 45 to 102 weeks and culminate in 
an associate of occupational studies degree or diploma, depending on the program and campus.  Tuition ranges 
from approximately $21,500 to $57,100 per program, depending on the nature and length of the program.  Our 
campuses are accredited and our undergraduate programs are eligible for federal student financial assistance funds 
under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), commonly referred to as Title IV Programs, which 
are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (ED).  

5

 
 
Our undergraduate schools and programs are summarized in the following table:

Location
Arizona (Avondale)*

Arizona (Phoenix)

California (Rancho Cucamonga)*

California (Sacramento)

Brand
UTI

MMI

UTI

UTI

Florida (Orlando)

UTI/MMI

Illinois (Lisle)

Massachusetts (Norwood)
North Carolina (Mooresville)

UTI

UTI
NASCAR Tech

Pennsylvania (Exton)

Texas (Dallas/Ft. Worth)*

Texas (Houston)

UTI

UTI

UTI

Date
Training
Commenced
1965

1973

1998

2005

1986

1988

2005
2002

2004

2010

1983

Principal Programs
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Motorcycle

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial;
Collision Repair and Refinishing
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial1; 
Motorcycle; Marine

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
Automotive; Automotive with
NASCAR

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial;
Collision Repair and Refinishing

* Indicates a campus location that offers our Automotive and Diesel Technology II curricula.

1 We will begin teaching our Automotive and Diesel Technology II programs at our Orlando, Florida campus in 
January 2015.

In  October  2014,  we  entered  into  a  build-to-suit  facility  lease  agreement  related  to  the  design  and 
construction of a new campus in Long Beach, California. We anticipate opening the Long Beach, California campus 
in late summer 2015. 

Universal Technical Institute (UTI)

UTI  offers  automotive,  diesel  and  industrial,  and  collision  repair  and  refinishing  programs  that  are 
accredited by the National Automotive Technical Education Foundation (NATEF), a division of the Institute for 
Automotive Service Excellence (ASE),.  In order to apply for NATEF accreditation, a school must meet the NATEF 
curriculum requirements and also must have graduated its first class.  We offer the following programs under the 
UTI brand:

•  Automotive Technology.  Established in 1965, the Automotive Technology program is designed to 
teach students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles. In 2010, we began offering this 
program as Automotive Technology II in a blended learning format which combines daily instructor-
led theory and hands-on lab training complimented by interactive web-based learning.  Automotive 
Technology II is currently offered at our Avondale, Arizona; Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas and Sacramento, 
California campuses.  The program ranges from 51 to 72 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from 
approximately $30,950 to $44,450.  Graduates of this program are qualified to work as entry-level 
service technicians in automotive dealer service departments or automotive repair facilities. 

•  Diesel & Industrial Technology.  Established in 1968, the Diesel & Industrial Technology program 
is  designed  to  teach  students  how  to  diagnose,  service  and  repair  diesel  systems  and  industrial 

6

 
 
equipment.  In 2010, we began offering this program as Diesel Technology II in the blended learning 
format described above; Diesel Technology II is currently offered at our Avondale, Arizona; Dallas/
Ft. Worth, Texas and Sacramento, California campuses. The program is 45 to 57 weeks in duration 
and tuition ranges from approximately $28,800 to $36,300.  Graduates of this program are qualified 
to work as entry-level service technicians in medium and heavy truck facilities, truck dealerships, or 
in service and repair facilities for equipment utilized in various industrial applications, including 
materials handling, construction, transport refrigeration or farming.

•  Automotive  Technology  and  Diesel  Technology  II.    Established  in  1970,  the Automotive/Diesel 
Technology program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles 
and diesel systems. In 2010, we began offering this program in the blended learning format described 
above. The program ranges from 75 to 102 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from approximately 
$41,900 to $57,100. Graduates of this program typically can work as entry-level service technicians 
in automotive repair facilities, automotive dealer service departments, diesel engine repair facilities, 
medium and heavy truck facilities or truck dealerships. 

•  Automotive/Diesel  &  Industrial  Technology.    Established  in  1970,  the  Automotive/Diesel  & 
Industrial Technology program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair 
automobiles, diesel systems and industrial equipment.  The program ranges from 75 to 99 weeks in 
duration and tuition ranges from approximately $39,350 to $55,350.  Graduates of this program are 
qualified to work as entry-level service technicians in automotive repair facilities, automotive dealer 
service  departments,  diesel  engine  repair  facilities,  medium  and  heavy  truck  facilities,  truck 
dealerships, or in service and repair facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in 
various industrial applications, including materials handling, construction, transport refrigeration or 
farming.

•  Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology (CRRT).  Established in 1999, the CRRT program is 
designed to teach students how to repair non-structural and structural automobile damage as well as 
how to prepare cost estimates on all phases of repair and refinishing.  The program is 51 weeks in 
duration and tuition ranges from approximately $30,950 to $33,550.  Graduates of this program are 
qualified to work as entry-level technicians at OEM dealerships and independent repair facilities.

Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute (collectively, MMI)

•  Motorcycle.  Established in 1973, the MMI motorcycle program is designed to teach students how 
to diagnose, service and repair motorcycles and all-terrain vehicles.  The program ranges from 48 to 
102 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from approximately $21,500 to $45,400.  Graduates of this 
program  are  qualified  to  work  as  entry-level  service  technicians  in  motorcycle  dealerships  and 
independent repair facilities.  MMI is supported by six major motorcycle manufacturers.  We have 
agreements relating to motorcycle elective programs with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; BMW 
Motorrad of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.; Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.; 
Suzuki Motor of America, Inc. and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA.  We have agreements for dealer 
training with American Honda Motor Co., Inc. and Harley-Davidson Motor Co. These motorcycle 
manufacturers support us through their endorsement of our curricula content, assisting with our course 
development, providing equipment and product donations, and instructor training.  Certain of these 
agreements are verbal and may be terminated without cause by either party at any time. 

•  Marine.  Established in 1991, the MMI marine program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, 
service and repair boats.  The program is 51 weeks in duration and tuition is approximately $27,200.  
Graduates  of  this  program  are  qualified  to  work  as  entry-level  service  technicians  for  marine 
dealerships and independent repair shops, as well as for marinas, boat yards and yacht clubs.  MMI 
is supported by several marine manufacturers and we have agreements relating to marine elective 

7

programs with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.; 
Suzuki Motor of America, Inc.; Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc. and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA.  
We have agreements for dealer training with American Honda Motor Co. Inc. and Mercury Marine, 
a division of Brunswick Corp.  These marine manufacturers support us through their endorsement 
of our curricula content, assisting with course development, equipment and product donations, and 
instructor training.  Certain of these agreements are verbal and may be terminated without cause by 
either party at any time. 

NASCAR Technical Institute (NASCAR Tech)

Established in 2002, NASCAR Tech offers the same type of automotive training as other UTI locations, 
along with additional NASCAR-specific elective courses.  In the NASCAR-specific elective courses, students 
have the opportunity to learn first-hand with NASCAR engines and equipment and to acquire specific skills required 
for entry-level positions in automotive and racing-related career opportunities.  The programs range from 48 to 78 
weeks in duration and tuition ranges from $32,150 to $45,850.  Graduates of the Automotive Technology program 
and the Automotive Technology with NASCAR (the NASCAR program) at NASCAR Tech are qualified to work 
as entry-level service technicians in automotive repair facilities or automotive dealer service departments. Graduates 
from the NASCAR program have additional opportunities to work in racing-related industries.  In 2013 and 2012, 
approximately 19% and 15%, respectively, of the graduates from the NASCAR program have found employment 
opportunities in racing-related industries.  Additionally, approximately 71% and 68%, respectively, of the 2013 
and 2012 graduates from all programs at NASCAR Tech are working in the automotive service sector. See "Business 
-  Graduate  Employment"  included  elsewhere  in  this  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  further  information  on  our 
employment rates.

Manufacturer Specific Advanced Training (MSAT) Programs 

We offer advanced training programs in the form of student-paid MSAT courses which may be added to 
a student’s core Automotive, Diesel or Motorcycle undergraduate program, and in the form of manufacturer-paid 
post-graduate MSAT programs.  

The student-paid MSATs are offered at our campus locations and students attending these programs are 
eligible for Title IV funding.  Additionally, qualifying student graduates have the opportunity to apply for enrollment 
in one of our manufacturer-paid MSAT programs.  The manufacturer-paid MSATs are paid for by the manufacturer 
and/or its dealers in return for a commitment by the student to work for a dealer of that manufacturer for a certain 
period of time upon completion of the program.  For both types of programs, the manufacturer typically assists us 
in the development of course content and curricula, while providing us with vehicles, equipment, specialty tools 
and parts at reduced prices or at no charge. This specialized training enhances the student’s skills with a particular 
manufacturer’s technology resulting in enhanced employment opportunities and potential for higher wages for our 
graduates.

Student-Paid MSATs

Pursuant to written agreements, we offer the following student-paid MSAT programs for the following 

OEMs using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by the OEMs: 

•  American Honda Motor Company, Inc. We provide the Honda PACT Program at our Lisle, Illinois campus.

•  BMW of North America, LLC.  We provide BMW’s FastTrack Program at the BMW training center in 

Ontario, California, and at our Avondale, Arizona and Orlando, Florida campuses.  

•  Cummins Rocky Mountain, a subsidiary of Cummins, Inc.  We provide the Cummins Qualified Technician 

Program at our Avondale, Arizona; Exton, Pennsylvania and Houston, Texas campuses.  

8

•  Daimler Trucks N.A.  We provide the Daimler Trucks Finish First Program at our Avondale, Arizona and 

Lisle, Illinois campuses.  

•  Ford Motor Co.  We provide the Ford Accelerated Credential Training Program at all UTI campuses 

except our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus.  

•  General  Motors  Company. We  provide  the  GM Technical  Career Training  Program  at  our Avondale, 

Arizona campus.

•  Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.  We provide the Mercedes-Benz ELITE START Program at our Houston, Texas; 

Norwood, Massachusetts and Rancho Cucamonga, California campuses.  

•  Navistar International Corp.  We provide the International Technician Education Program at our Lisle, 

Illinois campus. 

•  Nissan  North America,  Inc.   We  provide  the  Nissan Automotive Technician Training  Program  at  our 
Houston, Texas; Mooresville, North Carolina; Sacramento, California; Orlando, Florida and Norwood, 
Massachusetts campuses.  

• 

Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.  We provide the Toyota Professional Automotive Technician Program at 
our Lisle, Illinois; Exton, Pennsylvania and Sacramento, California campuses.  

Manufacturer-Paid MSATs

Our  manufacturer-paid  MSATs  are  intended  to  offer  in-depth  instruction  on  specific  manufacturers’ 
products, qualifying a graduate for employment with a dealer seeking highly specialized, entry-level technicians 
with brand-specific skills.  Students who are highly ranked graduates of an automotive or diesel program may 
apply to be selected for these programs.  The programs range from 11 to 24 weeks in duration.  Pursuant to written 
agreements, we offer the following manufacturer-paid MSAT programs using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools 
and curricula provided by the OEMs:  

•  BMW of North America, LLC.  We provide BMW’s Service Technician Education Program (STEP) 
and MINI Service Technical Education Program (MINI STEP).  Both programs are provided at our 
Orlando, Florida campus and at the BMW training centers in Ontario, California, and Woodcliff Lake, 
New Jersey.  STEP is also provided at our Avondale, Arizona campus.  This agreement expires on 
December 31, 2014 and may be terminated for cause by either party.

•  Mercedes-Benz  USA,  LLC.   We  provide  the  Mercedes-Benz  ELITE ADVANCED  Program  at  the 
MBUSA training center in Jacksonville, Florida.  This agreement expires on December 31, 2016 and 
may be terminated without cause by either party.

•  Navistar International Corp.  We provide the International Truck Education Program at our Lisle, 
Illinois,  Exton,  Pennsylvania,  and  Sacramento,  California  campuses.   This  agreement  expires  on 
December 31, 2014 and may be terminated without cause by either party.

•  Peterbilt Motors Company.  We provide the Peterbilt Technician Institute program at our Dallas/Ft. 
Worth, Texas and Lisle, Illinois campuses.  This agreement expires on December 31, 2016 and may 
be terminated without cause by either party.  

•  Porsche Cars of North America, Inc.  We provide the Porsche Technician Apprenticeship Program 
at the Porsche training centers in Atlanta, Georgia and Easton, Pennsylvania.  This agreement expires 
September 30, 2015 and may be renewed by mutual agreement.

9

•  Volvo Cars of North America, LLC.  We provide Volvo’s Service Automotive Factory Education 
program training at our Avondale, Arizona campus. This agreement expires on December 31, 2014 
and may be renewed by mutual agreement.  

Dealer/Industry Training  

Technicians  in  all  of  the  industries  we  serve  are  in  regular  need  of  training  or  certification  on  new 
technologies.  Manufacturers outsource a portion of this training to education providers such as UTI.  We currently 
provide dealer technician training to manufacturers such as the following:  American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; BMW 
of North America, LLC; Ford Motor Co.; General Motors Company; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.; and Mercury 
Marine, a division of Brunswick Corporation.

Industry Relationships

We have a network of industry relationships that provide a wide range of strategic and financial benefits, 

including product/financial support, licensing and manufacturer training.

•  Product/Financial  Support.    Product/financial  support  is  an  integral  component  of  our  business 
strategy and is present throughout our schools.  In these relationships, sponsors provide their products, 
including equipment and supplies, at reduced or no cost to us, in return for our use of those products 
in the classroom.  Additionally, they may provide financial sponsorship either to us or to our students.  
Product/financial support is an attractive marketing opportunity for sponsors because our classrooms 
provide them with early access to the future end-users of their products.  As students become familiar 
with a manufacturer’s products during training, they may be more likely to continue to use the same 
products upon graduation.  Our product support relationships allow us to minimize the equipment 
and supply costs in each of our classrooms and significantly reduce the capital outlay necessary for 
operating and equipping our campuses.

An example of a product/financial support relationship is: 

Snap-on Tools.  We have a strategic agreement with Snap-on Tools, a premier tool provider 
to the industries we serve.  Upon graduation from our undergraduate programs, students 
receive a Snap-on Tools entry-level tool set having an approximate retail value of $1,000, 
which can become valuable as a student establishes their career.  We purchase these tool 
sets from Snap-on Tools at a discount from their list price pursuant to a written agreement 
which expires in April 2017.  In the context of this relationship, we have granted Snap-on 
Tools exclusive access to our campuses to display tool related advertising, and we have 
agreed to use Snap-on Tools equipment to train our students.  We receive credits from Snap-
on Tools for student tool kits that we purchase and any additional purchases made by our 
students.  We can then redeem those credits in multiple ways, which historically has been 
to purchase Snap-on Tools equipment and tools for our campuses at the full retail list price.

• 

Licensing.  Licensing agreements enable us to establish meaningful relationships with key industry 
brands.  We pay a licensing fee and, in return, receive the right to use a particular industry participant’s 
name, logo or trademark in our promotional materials and on our campuses.  We believe that our 
current and potential students generally identify favorably with the recognized brand names licensed 
to us, enhancing our reputation and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.

10

An example of a licensing arrangement is: 

NASCAR.    We  have  a  licensing  arrangement  with  NASCAR  and  we  are  its  exclusive 
education provider for automotive technicians.  The agreement expires on December 31, 
2017 and may be terminated for cause by either party at any time prior to its expiration.  
This relationship provides us with access to the network of NASCAR sponsors, presenting 
us with the opportunity to enhance our product support relationships.  In July 2002, NASCAR 
Technical  Institute  opened  in  Mooresville,  North  Carolina  where  students  have  the 
opportunity  to  take  NASCAR-specific  elective  courses  that  were  developed  through  a 
collaboration  of  NASCAR  crew  chiefs  and  motorsports  industry  leaders.    The  popular 
NASCAR brand name combined with the opportunity to learn on high-performance cars is 
a powerful recruiting and retention tool.  It also provides students with the opportunity to 
learn first-hand with NASCAR engines and equipment and to acquire specific skills required 
for entry-level positions in automotive and racing-related career opportunities.

See Note 14 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report 
on Form 10-K for further discussion of licensing agreements.

•  Manufacturer Training.  Manufacturer training relationships provide benefits to us that impact each 
of our education programs.  These relationships support entry-level training tailored to the needs of 
a specific manufacturer, as well as continuing education and training of experienced technicians.  In 
both  the  entry-level  and  continuing  education  programs,  students  receive  training  on  a  given 
manufacturer’s products.  In return, the manufacturer supplies vehicles, equipment, specialty tools 
and parts  at reduced prices or at no charge and assistance in developing curricula.  Students who 
receive the entry-level training may earn manufacturer certification to work on that manufacturer’s 
products when they complete the program.  The manufacturer certification typically leads to both 
improved employment opportunities and the potential for higher wages.  The continuing education 
programs for experienced technicians are paid for by the manufacturer and often take place in our 
facilities, allowing the manufacturer to avoid the costs associated with establishing its own dedicated 
facility.  Manufacturer training relationships lower the capital investment necessary to equip our 
classrooms  and  provide  us  with  a  significant  marketing  advantage.    In  addition,  through  these 
relationships, manufacturers are able to increase the pool of skilled technicians available to service 
and repair their products.

Examples of manufacturer training relationships include: 

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.  This is an example of a student-paid MSAT program.  We offer 
the  Mercedes-Benz  ELITE  START  elective  program  at  our  Houston,  Texas,  Norwood, 
Massachusetts and Rancho Cucamonga, California campuses.  The Mercedes-Benz Program 
uses training and course materials as well as training vehicles and equipment provided by 
Mercedes-Benz.  

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.  This is an example of a dealer technician training program 
paid for by the manufacturer or dealer.  We provide marine and motorcycle training for 
experienced American Honda technicians utilizing training materials and curricula provided 
by American  Honda.    Our  instructors  provide  marine  and  motorcycle  dealer  training  at 
American  Honda-authorized  training  centers  across  the  United  States.    We  oversee  the 
administration  of  the  motorcycle  training  program,  including  technician  enrollment.  
Additionally, American Honda supports our campus Hon Tech training program by donating 
equipment and providing curricula.

11

Porsche Cars of North America, Inc.  This is an example of a manufacturer-paid MSAT 
program.  We have a written agreement with Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. whereby 
we provide the Porsche Technician Apprenticeship Program at the Porsche training centers 
in Atlanta, Georgia and Easton, Pennsylvania using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and 
curricula provided by Porsche.  The written agreement expires September 30, 2015 and may 
be renewed by mutual agreement.

Student Recruitment Model

Our student recruitment efforts begin with our commitment to positive outcomes, both for our students 
and our industry relationships. Our responsibility to present job-ready graduates to employers requires that we 
recruit, enroll and train prospective students who have the drive and potential to successfully pursue a career in 
their field of training. We use a national multi-touch media approach, including digital engagement and fulfillment 
platforms, to generate the quality and quantity of prospective students necessary for our three primary admissions 
channels to enroll and start students.

Marketing and Advertising.  Our marketing strategies are designed to identify potential students who 
would benefit from our programs and pursue successful careers upon graduation. We leverage a web-centric inquiry 
generation platform that focuses on nationally efficient television advertising coupled with digital advertising, 
where our website acts as the primary hub of our campaigns, to inform and educate potential students on the nature 
and cost of our educational programs and the employment opportunities that could be available to them.  Currently, 
we advertise on television, internet search and display, email and radio and in magazines, and we use events, social 
media, direct mail, email and telephonic response to reach prospective students.

We utilize a student-centered recruiting policy to maximize efficiency of our admissions representatives 
with a focus on the prospective student.  Our admissions representatives are provided with training and tools to 
assist any prospective student.

•  High  Schools.    Our  field-based  representatives  recruit  prospective  students  primarily  from  high 
schools across the country with assigned territories covering the United States and U.S. territories.  
Our field-based admissions representatives generate the majority of their inquiries by making career 
presentations at high schools.  Typically, the field-based admissions representatives enroll high school 
students during an application interview conducted at the homes of prospective students.  

Our reputation in local, regional and national business communities, endorsements from high school 
guidance counselors and the recommendations of satisfied graduates and employers are some of our 
most effective recruiting tools.  Accordingly, we strive to build relationships with the people who 
influence the career decisions of prospective students, such as vocational instructors and high school 
guidance counselors.  We conduct seminars for high school career counselors and instructors at our 
training facilities and campuses as a means of further educating these individuals on the merits of 
our technical training programs.  Our representatives focus on expanding high school relationships 
and increasing access to high schools beyond the traditional vocational programs and into academic 
classes. Our programs align with Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM) principles, 
and we actively work to increase this awareness in high school educators and prospective students.  

•  Military Personnel.  Our military representatives are strategically located throughout the country 
and focus on building relationships with military installations. Additionally, we have a centralized 
team of military representatives who are dedicated to serving and assisting veterans throughout the 
U.S.  and  we  have  one  representative  located  in  Europe.  We  develop  relationships  with  military 
personnel and provide information about our training programs by delivering career presentations to 
soldiers who are approaching their date of separation or have recently separated from the military as 
a means of further educating these individuals on the merits of our technical training programs.  We 

12

recently launched a unique instructional program by teaching introductory motorcycle mechanics 
classes at Fort Bliss in El Paso, Texas.  This effort is designed to introduce motorcycle theory to 
active military personnel and expose them to the opportunity to transfer to an MMI campus to complete 
their program after they are discharged from the military.  This is part of our ongoing initiative to 
serve the needs of transitioning veterans and military personnel.

•  Adult  Students.    Our  campus-based  representatives  recruit  adult  career-seeker  or  career-changer 
students.  These representatives respond to student inquiries generated from national, regional and 
local advertising and promotional activities.  Since adults tend to start our programs throughout the 
year instead of in the fall as is most typical of traditional school calendars or for recent high school 
graduates, these students help balance our enrollment throughout the year.

Student Admissions and Retention

We currently employ field, military and campus-based admissions representatives who work directly with 
prospective  students  to  facilitate  the  enrollment  process.  Enrollment  applications  are  reviewed  by  a  central 
enrollment office for accuracy and completion before students are enrolled into the program of study.   Different 
programs have varying admissions standards.  Applicants must provide proof of one of the following:  high school 
graduation or its equivalent; certification of high school equivalency (G.E.D. or HiSET); successful completion 
of a degree program at the postsecondary level or successful completion of officially recognized home schooling. 
Certain states require official transcripts or G.E.D. test scores instead of the certificates. Students who present a 
diploma or certificate evidencing completion of home schooling or an online high school program are required to 
take and pass an entrance exam.    

To maximize the likelihood of student retention and graduation, our admissions process is intended to 
identify students who have the desire and ability to succeed in their chosen program.  We have student services 
professionals and other resources that provide various student services, including orientation, tutoring, student 
housing assistance, and academic, financial, personal and employment advisement.  We have established processes 
to identify students who may be in need of assistance to succeed in and complete their chosen program.  

Enrollment

We enroll students throughout the year.  For the year ended September 30, 2014, our average undergraduate 
full-time student enrollment was approximately 14,400, representing a decrease of approximately 4.0% as compared 
to 15,000 for the year ended September 30, 2013.  Currently, our student body is geographically diverse, with 
approximately 50% of our students having relocated to attend our programs. Due to the seasonality of our business 
and normal fluctuations in student populations, we would expect volatility in our quarterly results. See "Seasonality" 
within Part II, Item 7 of this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of seasonal fluctuations in revenues and 
operating results.

Graduate Employment

As described in “Business - Schools and Programs” included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K, our 
programs prepare graduates for careers as automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians 
in industries requiring the training we provide. Identifying employment opportunities and preparing our graduates 
for  these  careers  is  critical  to  our  ability  to  help  our  graduates  benefit  from  their  education.  Accordingly,  we 
dedicate significant resources to maintaining an effective employment team.  Our campus-based staff facilitates 
several career development processes, including instruction and coaching for interview skills, interview etiquette 
and professionalism. Additionally, the employment team provides students with reference materials and assistance 
with the composition of resumes. Finally, we place emphasis on and devote significant time to assisting students 
with part-time and graduate job searches.  

13

 
 
We  also  have  a  centralized  department  whose  focus  is  to  build  relationships  with  potential  national 
employers and develop graduate job opportunities and, where possible, relocation assistance, tool packages and 
tuition reimbursement plans with our OEMs and other industry employers.  Together, the campuses and centralized 
department coordinate and host career fairs, interview days and employer visits to our campus locations.  We 
believe  that  our  graduate  employment  services  provide  our  students  with  a  compelling  value  proposition  and 
enhance the employment opportunities for our graduates.  

Our employment rates for 2013 and 2012 graduates were 88% and 85%, respectively.  The employment 
calculation  is  based  on  all  graduates,  including  those  that  completed  manufacturer  specific  advanced  training 
programs, from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013 and October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2012, respectively, 
excluding  graduates  not  available  for  employment  because  of  continuing  education,  military  service,  health, 
incarceration,  death  or  international  student  status.    We  count  a  graduate  as  employed  based  on  a  verified 
understanding of the graduate’s job duties to assess and confirm that the graduate’s primary job responsibilities 
are in his or her field of study. We verify employment by sending written verification requests to both the graduate 
and the employer. The verifications must include employer name, job duties, job title, hire date and supervisor’s 
name. Once we receive written verification from either source, the graduate is counted as employed. If we are 
unable to obtain written verification, we also count graduates as employed if we are able to obtain verbal verification 
from both the graduate and the employer. We periodically review a sample of employment verifications to ensure 
accuracy.

For 2013, we had approximately 10,600 total graduates, of which approximately 9,900 were available 
for employment.  Of those graduates available for employment, approximately 8,700 were employed within one 
year of their graduation date, for a total of 88%. For 2012, we had approximately 12,200 total graduates, of which 
approximately 11,400 were available for employment. Of those graduates available for employment, approximately 
9,600 were employed within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 85%.

Faculty and Employees

Faculty members are hired nationally in accordance with established criteria, applicable accreditation 
standards and applicable state regulations.  Members of our faculty are primarily industry professionals and are 
hired based on their prior work and educational experience.  We require a specific level of industry experience in 
order to enhance the quality of the programs we offer and to address current and industry-specific issues in the 
course content.  We provide intensive instructional training and continuing education to our faculty members to 
maintain the quality of instruction in all fields of study.  A majority of our existing instructors have a minimum of 
five years experience in the industry and an average of eight years of experience teaching at UTI, ranging from 
less than 1 year to 30 years.  Our average undergraduate student-to-teacher ratio is approximately 21-to-1.  

Each school’s support team typically includes a campus president, an education director, an admissions 
director, a financial aid director, a student services director, an employment services director, a campus controller 
and a facilities director.  As of September 30, 2014, we had approximately 2,100 full-time employees, including 
approximately 660 student support employees and approximately 700 full-time instructors.

Our employees are not represented by labor unions and are not subject to collective bargaining agreements.  
We have never experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that we have good relationships with our employees.  
However, we have encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, employees who desire or maintain 
union representation at new or existing campuses.

Competition

The for-profit, post-secondary education industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented, with no 
one provider controlling significant market share. We compete with other institutions that are eligible to receive 
Title  IV  funding,  including  not-for-profit  public  and  private  schools,  community  colleges  and  all  for-profit 

14

 
institutions which offer automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technician as well as other 
skilled trades training programs.  Our competition differs in each market depending on the curriculum that we offer 
and the availability of other choices including job prospects. Our main competitors for the programs we provide 
are other for-profit career-oriented and technical schools, including Lincoln Technical Institute, a wholly owned 
subsidiary of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation; WyoTech, which is owned by Corinthian Colleges, Inc., 
and traditional two-year junior and community colleges. We also compete with our industry partners and other 
manufacturers; when employers do not have a sufficient supply of trained technicians, they may hire untrained 
technicians and train them via internships or other internal training. Competition is generally based on location, 
the type of programs offered, the quality of instruction and instructional facilities, graduate employment rates, 
reputation, recruiting and tuition rates. Public institutions are generally able to charge lower tuition than our schools, 
due in part to government subsidies and other financial sources not available to for-profit schools.

According to data available through the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), for the twelve 
months  ended  June  30,  2013,  we  had  10,712  graduates;  Lincoln Technical  Institute  had  4,950  graduates  and 
WyoTech had 6,308 graduates in programs similar to ours. This data also shows that no individual community 
college had a number of graduates commensurate with ours in similar programs. Further, we partner with over 25 
OEMs to provide manufacturer specific advanced training. We believe that we have the largest number of OEM 
branded training programs.  These OEMs provide vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula that lead to 
increased  training  and  employment  opportunities  for  our  students,  including  the  potential  for  brand  specific 
certifications. For additional information regarding the benefits of the relationships with OEMs, see “Business - 
Business Model” and “Business - Business Strategy” included elsewhere in this report on Form 10-K.  We believe 
that our industry relationships, brand recognition and national presence provide significant benefits to our students 
and their employers while differentiating us from other technical training schools. 

Environmental Matters

We  use  hazardous  materials  at  our  training  facilities  and  campuses  and  generate  small  quantities  of 
regulated  waste,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  used  oil,  antifreeze,  transmission  fluid,  paint,  solvents  and  car 
batteries.  As a result, our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations 
governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the 
clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal.  
Certain of our campuses are required to obtain permits for our air emissions.  In the event we do not maintain 
compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or if we are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous 
materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended, are available on our website at www.uti.edu under the “Investors - Financial Information - 
SEC Filings” captions, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish 
it to, the SEC.  Reports of our executive officers, directors and any other persons required to file securities ownership 
reports  under  Section  16(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  are  also  available  through  our  website.  
Information contained on our website is not a part of this Report and is not incorporated herein by reference. 

In  Part  III  of  this  Form 10-K,  we  “incorporate  by  reference”  certain  information  from  parts  of  other 
documents filed with the SEC, specifically our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  The 
SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to it in that manner.  Please refer to such information.  
We anticipate that on or about January 5, 2015, our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
will be filed with the SEC and available on our website at www.uti.edu under the “Investors - Financial Information 
- SEC Filings” captions. 

15

 
Information relating to our corporate governance, including our Code of Conduct for all of our employees 
and our Supplemental Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers, and information 
concerning Board Committees, including Committee charters, is available on our website at www.uti.edu under 
the “Investors - Corporate Governance” captions.  We will provide copies of any of the foregoing information 
without charge upon written request to Universal Technical Institute, Inc., 16220 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 
100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85254, Attention: Investor Relations.

See Note 18 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report 

on Form 10-K for for summary segment financial information.

Regulatory Environment

Our institutions participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students 
in paying their cost of education.  The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial 
assistance under Title IV of the HEA.  This support, commonly referred to as Title IV Programs, is administered 
by ED.  In 2014, we derived approximately 66% of our revenues, on a cash basis as defined by ED, from Title IV 
Programs.

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction 
by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified 
as an eligible institution by ED. To participate in veterans' benefits programs, including the Post-9/11 GI Bill, the 
Montgomery GI Bill, the Reserve Education Assistance Program (REAP), and VA Vocational Rehabilitation, an 
institution must comply with certain requirements established by the VA. Additionally, certain states and their 
attorneys general require additional authorization to operate our institutions or for our students to receive state 
funding.  Furthermore,  ED  recently  announced  that  a  previously  informal  task  force  overseeing  proprietary 
postsecondary companies, consisting of ED, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), the SEC, the 
Federal Trade  Commission  and  the  Department  of  Justice,  would  be  made  permanent.  For  these  reasons,  our 
institutions are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these entities.

State Authorization and Regulation

Each of our institutions must be authorized by the applicable state education agency where the institution 
is located to operate and grant degrees or diplomas to its students.  Our institutions are subject to extensive, ongoing 
regulation by each of these states.  Additionally, our institutions are required to be authorized by the applicable 
state education agencies of certain other states in which our institutions recruit students.  Currently, each of our 
institutions is authorized by the applicable state education agency or agencies.  

The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state and is extensive in some states.  
State laws typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities 
and equipment, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and other operational matters.  
State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees or diplomas.  
Some states prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are not consistent with those required by ED and 
some mandate that institutions post surety bonds. Currently, we have posted surety bonds on behalf of our institutions 
and admissions representatives with multiple states of approximately $17.5 million.  We believe that each of our 
institutions is in substantial compliance with state education agency requirements.  

States often change their requirements in response to ED regulations or to implement requirements that 
may impact institutional and student success, and our institutions must respond quickly to remain in compliance.  
Also, from time to time, states may transition authority between state agencies and we must comply with the new 
state agency’s rules, procedures and other documentation requirements.  If any one of our campuses were to lose 
its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the campus is located, that campus would be 
unable to offer its programs and we could be forced to close that campus.  If one of our campuses were to lose its 

16

authorization from a state other than the state in which the campus is located, that campus would not be able to 
recruit students in that state.

On June 20, 2014, the Massachusetts Attorney General (MA AG) published new disclosure and business 
practice regulations applicable to proprietary schools operating in or recruiting from Massachusetts or providing 
services to residents of that state.  Historically, state attorneys general have been involved in the enforcement of 
certain regulations, but not in the promulgation of new regulations.  As published, the new regulations were effective 
immediately. The new disclosure obligations include, among other information, graduation, loan non-payment and 
placement  data  requirements  that  are  uniquely  defined  by  the  MA AG  and  differ  from  data  and  calculation 
requirements historically applied to our schools by other regulating agencies and our accreditor. In addition to 
required disclosures, the new regulations also require various business practice changes including, among other 
items, a 72-hour waiting period between disclosing required data to a prospective students and entering into an 
enrollment  agreement  with  that  student  as  well  as  significant  limitations  on  contact  between  our  admissions 
representatives and prospective students. We have initiated company-wide ongoing efforts to comply with the new 
disclosure requirements and believe that we have made good faith efforts to comply with the immediately effective 
regulations.  These regulations have resulted in substantial changes to our recruiting operations in the New England 
region and to our Norwood, Massachusetts campus. We have experienced slight increases in our cost of doing 
business, and we have seen early indications of pressure on the number of inquiries compared to the number of 
student applications; however, the ultimate impact to our operations is currently unknown.

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution voluntarily submits to ongoing 
qualitative reviews by an organization of peer institutions.  Accrediting commissions examine the academic quality 
of the institution’s instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as confirmation that the 
institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards and practices.  Accrediting commissions also 
review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution 
has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission, implement continuous improvement processes and 
support student success.

17

Accreditation by an ED recognized commission is required for an institution to be certified to participate 
in Title IV Programs.  In order to be recognized by ED, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards 
for their review of educational institutions.  All of our institutions are accredited by the Accrediting Commission 
of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC), a national accrediting commission recognized by ED.  We believe that 
each  of  our  institutions  is  in  substantial  compliance  with ACCSC  accreditation  standards.    If  any  one  of  our 
institutions lost its accreditation, students attending that institution would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV 
Program funding and we could be forced to close that institution. Our campuses' five-year grants of accreditation 
expire as follows:

Campus

Exton, Pennsylvania

Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas

Norwood, Massachusetts

Sacramento, California
Mooresville, North Carolina; NASCAR Technical Institute (NASCAR Tech)

Avondale, Arizona

Orlando, Florida

Houston, Texas

Lisle, Illinois

Rancho Cucamonga, California

Phoenix, Arizona; Motorcycle Mechanics Institute (MMI)

October 2016

March 2017

July 2017

December 2017
December 2018

February 2019

February 2019

February 2019

February 2019

February 2019

May 2019

In the past eighteen months, seven of our eleven institutions had accreditation terms scheduled to expire.  
All seven of those institutions successfully completed the renewal of accreditation process and received renewed 
five-year  grants  of  accreditation.   Of  those  institutions,  our  UTI/NASCAR  Tech  and  Lisle,  Illinois  campuses 
received the “School of Excellence” designation by ACCSC.  The School of Excellence Award recognizes ACCSC-
accredited institutions for their commitment to the expectations and rigors of ACCSC accreditation, as well as the 
efforts made by the institution in maintaining high-levels of achievement among their students. In order to be 
eligible for the School of Excellence Award, an ACCSC-accredited institution must meet the conditions of renewing 
accreditation without any finding of non-compliance, satisfy all requirements necessary to be in good standing 
with ACCSC and demonstrate that the majority of the schools’ student graduation and graduate employment rates 
for  all  programs  offered  meet  or  exceed  the  average  rates  of  graduation  and  employment  among  all ACCSC-
accredited  institutions.   Furthermore,  our Avondale, Arizona  and  Houston,  Texas  campuses  did  not  have  any 
findings of non-compliance during their accreditation renewals.

Our 2014 annual report has been completed and submitted to ACCSC.  Eighteen of our approximately 
196 approved programs did not meet either the graduation rate or the employment rate requirements. The majority 
of the programs that were below the benchmark requirements did not meet the requirements either as a result of a 
small number of students in the program or due to an increase in the benchmark rates as compared to the prior 
year. ACCSC may require additional reporting regarding these programs or institutions. An institution placed on 
reporting status is required to report periodically to ACCSC on that institution’s performance in the area or areas 
specified by ACCSC. We are taking steps to improve the outcomes of these programs. As of September 30, 2014, 
one program in the automotive division at our Orlando, Florida campus with approximately 690 students eligible 
to graduate during 2010 did not achieve the ACCSC's graduation benchmark and was placed on outcomes reporting 
with the intention of monitoring the program. We are working to improve the graduation rate for this program. If 
ACCSC determines that we meet the benchmark, the reporting status will be removed.

18

 
Nature of Federal and State Support for Postsecondary Education

The federal government provides a substantial part of its support for postsecondary education through 
Title IV Programs in the form of grants and loans to students who can use those funds at any institution that has 
been certified as eligible by ED.  Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need, 
generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the amount a student can 
reasonably contribute to that cost.  All recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade 
point average and make academic progress, as defined by ED, towards the completion of their program of study.  
In addition, each institution must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in 
the correct amounts to eligible students, as well as provide a variety of disclosures and reports on recipient data 
and program expenditures.

During 2014, based on their individual eligibility under the following Title IV Programs, our students 
received grants and loans from the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (DL) program, the Federal Pell Grant 
(Pell)  program,  the  Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant  (FSEOG)  program  and  the  Federal 
Perkins Loan (Perkins) program.  

Federal Title IV Programs

DL.  Under the DL program, ED makes loans to students or their parents. Borrowers repay these loans 
to ED according to the terms and conditions of the program.  Students with financial need continue to qualify for 
interest subsidies while in school. Non-need-based unsubsidized loans are also available to students or their parents.  
In 2014, we derived approximately 50% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the DL program.  

Pell.  Under the Pell program, ED makes grants to students who demonstrate financial need based on the 
federal Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). In 2014, we derived approximately 15% of our revenues, 
on a cash basis, from the Pell program.  

FSEOG.  FSEOG grants are designed to supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial 
need.  Institutions must provide matching funding equal to 25% of all awards made under this program.  In 2014, 
we derived less than 1% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the FSEOG program.  

Perkins.  Perkins loans are made from a revolving institutional account in which 75% of new funding is 
capitalized by ED and the remainder by the institution.  Each institution is responsible for collecting payments on 
Perkins loans from its former students and lending those funds to currently enrolled students.  Defaults by students 
on their Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the institution’s revolving account to make loans to 
additional students.  Since the federal award year beginning July 1, 2004, ED has made no new Perkins allocations 
to schools due to federal appropriations limitations.  In 2014, we derived less than 1% of our revenues, on a cash 
basis, from the Perkins program.  

Other Federal and State Programs

Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources other than Title IV Programs, such as the 
programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and under the Workforce Investment Act.  
Additionally, some states provide financial aid to our students in the form of grants, loans or scholarships.  The 
eligibility requirements for state financial aid vary by funding agency and program.  

Historically, our largest source of state financial aid was the Cal Grant program funded by the State of 
California and represented less than 1% of our revenues, on a cash basis, for the year ended September 30, 2012, 
which was the last full year when we received Cal Grant funding. Due to institutional eligibility changes as a result 
of the 2012 California Budget Act, which was enacted on June 27, 2012, institutions are required to maintain a 
three-year cohort default rate of less than 15.5% to remain eligible for the Cal Grant program, as well as maintain 

19

 
a  graduation  rate  above  30%.   Our  Universal  Technical  Institute  of  Phoenix  institution,  which  includes  our 
Sacramento, California campus, became ineligible for the Cal Grant program beginning with the 2013-2014 award 
year, as its 2009 three-year cohort default rate released by ED in October 2012 exceeded 15.5%. Additionally, our 
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona institution, which includes our Rancho Cucamonga, California campus, 
became ineligible to participate beginning with the 2014-2015 award year, as its 2010 three-year cohort default 
rate released by ED in September 2013 exceeded 15.5%.  An ineligible institution cannot receive Cal Grant funds 
for any student who enrolls after the institution becomes ineligible. Additional information on our cohort default 
rates is included under "Federal Student Loan Defaults" below. In 2014, we derived less than 1% of our revenues, 
on a cash basis, from the Cal Grant program.

Veterans' Benefits.  Since October 1, 2011, the Post-9/11 GI Bill has been effective for both degree and 
non-degree granting institutions of higher learning, allowing eligible veterans to use their Post-9/11 GI Bill benefits 
at all of our institutions.  Additionally, veterans use benefits such as the Montgomery GI Bill, the REAP and VA 
Vocational Rehabilitation at our campuses.  We derived approximately 20%, 18% and 9% of our revenues, on a 
cash  basis,  from  veterans'  benefits  programs  in  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively. To  participate  in  veterans' 
benefits  programs,  including  the  Post-9/11  GI  Bill,  the  Montgomery  GI  Bill,  the  REAP,  and  VA  Vocational 
Rehabilitation, an institution must comply with certain requirements established by the VA.  These criteria require, 
among other things, that the institution: 

• 

report on the enrollment status of eligible students;

•  maintain student records and make such records available for inspection;

• 

• 

follow current VA rules; and

comply with applicable limits on the percentage of students receiving certain veterans benefits on a 
program or campus basis.

If  we  fail  to  comply  with  these  requirements,  we  could  lose  our  eligibility  to  participate  in  veterans' 

benefits programs.

The VA imposes a limit of 85% on the percentage of students per program receiving benefits under certain 
veterans' benefits programs, unless the program qualifies for certain exemptions or waivers.  If waivers are granted, 
the VA instead imposes a limit of 35% on the percentage of students per campus receiving benefits under certain 
veterans' benefits programs.  We received a waiver for all of our programs on January 25, 2013, which allows us 
to comply with the 35% limit.  If the VA determines that an institution is out of compliance with the applicable 
limit, the VA will continue to provide benefits to current students but will not provide benefits to newly enrolled 
students until the institution demonstrates compliance. One of our 11 campuses is operating near the 35% limit as 
of November 1, 2014; our remaining 10 campuses are at 30% or lower.  

The VA shares responsibility for VA benefit approval and oversight with designated State Approving 
Agencies (SAAs).  SAAs play a critical role in evaluating institutions and their programs to determine if they meet 
VA  benefit  eligibility  requirements.   Processes  and  approval  criterion  as  well  as  interpretation  of  applicable 
requirements can vary from state to state.  Therefore, approval in one state does not necessarily result in approval 
in all states.  If we are unable to secure approvals in one or more states, or if the process for obtaining an approval 
takes  significant  time,  we  could  be  required  to  alter  the  delivery  methodology  or  structure  of  the  program  or 
experience delays in or the loss of a portion of VA funding.  Students receiving VA funding may not be able to 
receive the full benefit of our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula methodology.  Currently, 
veterans enrolled at our Sacramento, California campus are taking courses under the Automotive Technology and 
Diesel  Technology  I  curricula  because  the  use  of  veteran’s  benefits  to  fund  courses  under  the  Automotive 
Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula at this campus has not been authorized in California. We are in 
discussion with the California State Approving Agency for Veterans Education regarding the necessary approval 

20

 
 
 
and provided them with an alternative we believe will gain approval. However, we are not able to determine when, 
or if, the state agency will approve the program for veterans' benefits.

During 2012, President Obama signed an Executive Order directing the Departments of Defense, Veteran 
Affairs and Education to establish “Principles of Excellence” (Principles), based on certain guidelines set forth in 
the Executive Order, to apply to educational institutions receiving federal funding for service members, veterans 
and family members.  As requested, we provided written confirmation of our intent to comply with the Principles 
to the VA in June 2012.  We are required to comply with the Principles to continue recruitment activities on military 
installations.  Additionally, there is a requirement to possess a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with the 
U.S.  Department  of  Defense  as  well  as  with  certain  individual  installations.    Our  access  to  bases  for  student 
recruitment has become more limited due to recent changes in the Transition Assistance Program (Transition Goals, 
Plans, Success) and increased enforcement of the MOU requirement.  Each of our institutions has an MOU with 
the U.S. Department of Defense.  We have MOUs with certain key individual installations and are pursuing MOUs 
at additional locations; however, some installations will not provide MOUs to institutions that do not teach at the 
installation. We continue to strengthen and develop relationships with our existing contacts and with new contacts 
in order to maintain and rebuild our access to military installations.  

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant 
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as eligible 
by ED.  ED will certify an institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after the institution has demonstrated 
compliance with the HEA and ED’s extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility.  An institution must 
also demonstrate its compliance to ED on an ongoing basis.  All of our institutions are certified to participate in 
Title IV Programs. 

ED’s Title IV program standards are applied primarily on an institutional basis, with an institution defined 
by ED as a main campus and its additional locations, if any.  Each institution is assigned a unique Office of Post-
Secondary Education Identification Number (OPEID). Under this definition for ED purposes we have the following 
three institutions:

Institution

Main campus

Additional campuses

Universal Technical Institute of Arizona

Universal Technical Institute, Avondale, Arizona

Universal Technical Institute, Lisle, Illinois

Universal Technical Institute, Rancho Cucamonga, California

NASCAR Technical Institute, Mooresville, North Carolina

Universal Technical Institute, Norwood, Massachusetts

21

 
Institution

Main campus

Additional campuses

Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix

Universal Technical Institute DBA Motorcycle Mechanics Institute,
  Motorcycle & Marine Mechanics Institute, Phoenix, Arizona

Universal Technical Institute, Sacramento, California

Universal Technical Institute, Orlando, Florida

Divisions

Motorcycle Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida

Marine Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Automotive, Orlando, Florida

Institution

Main campus

Additional campuses

Universal Technical Institute of Texas

Universal Technical Institute, Houston, Texas

Universal Technical Institute, Exton, Pennsylvania

Universal Technical Institute, Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas

The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through Title IV Programs, the large number of students 
and institutions participating in those programs and instances of fraud and abuse have prompted ED to exercise 
significant regulatory oversight over institutions participating in Title IV Programs.  Accrediting commissions and 
state agencies also oversee compliance with both their respective standards and Title IV Program requirements. 
As a result, each of our institutions is subject to detailed oversight and review and must comply with a complex 
framework of laws and regulations.  Because ED periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretation 
of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV Program requirements will be 
applied in all circumstances.

Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

Congressional Action.  Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs.  Congress 
has historically reauthorized the HEA approximately every five to six years.  The HEA was reauthorized, amended 
and signed into law most recently on August 14, 2008; a new reauthorization process has begun with hearings and 
draft legislation in the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions and the House Committee on 
Education and Workforce.  Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs at least 
annually.  

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 established the CFPB, which 
became active during 2012. The CFPB is tasked with supervising large banks and certain other types of nonbank 

22

financial  companies,  including  alternative  loan  providers,  for  compliance  with  federal  consumer  financial 
protection laws.  It is possible that our proprietary loan program will be subject to such supervision.  

In  January  2014,  Congress  passed  an  omnibus  spending  bill  to  fund  the  federal  government  through 
September 30, 2014, which the President signed on January 17, 2014.  The bill includes several elements related 
to higher education and restores campus-based funding programs to pre-sequester levels.  Additionally, it increases 
the maximum Pell grant for the 2014-2015 award year from $5,645 to $5,730 per student.

Incentive Compensation.  In 2010, ED issued revised regulations pertaining to incentive compensation, 
which became effective July 1, 2011.  The new regulations eliminated the 12 safe harbors in the former regulations, 
and provide that an institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other 
incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, on success in securing enrollments or the award of 
financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions 
regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. When it issued the regulations, ED also stated that it does not 
intend to provide private guidance to individual schools on their specific compensation practices, but that it may 
issue additional broadly applicable guidance to all schools from time to time.     

The regulations and accompanying ED guidance prohibit schools from:

•  making  salary  adjustments  to  covered  employees  based,  in  any  part,  directly  or  indirectly,  on  the 
employee’s success in securing enrollments or financial aid, or the number of students recruited, enrolled 
or awarded financial aid;

• 

• 

providing any payments or incentives to covered employees based on students’ graduation or completion 
of any part of their program; and 

paying any incentives to covered employees based on how many students receive jobs in their field of 
study after graduation.

The compensation restrictions apply to any employee who undertakes recruiting or admitting of students, or who 
makes decisions about and awards Title IV Program funds, as well as any higher level employee with responsibility 
for recruitment or admission of students, or making decisions about awarding Title IV Program funds.  Furthermore, 
the regulations state that the same restrictions on a school’s payments to its own individual employees will also 
be applied to a school’s payments to an outside company, with a limited exception for payments to an outside 
company for providing student contact information for prospective students.

Because the regulations differ significantly from the prior regulations, and because of the imprecise nature 
of many aspects of these regulations, it is not clear how ED will apply these regulations in all circumstances.  
Although we cannot guarantee that ED will not take a position that some aspect of our compensation practices is 
not in compliance with these regulations, we believe that our compensation plans are in substantial compliance 
with the regulations.  As discussed in Part II, Item 7, we implemented compensation changes for our field admissions 
representatives effective July 1, 2014, and we continue to experience fluctuations in compensation cost for our 
admissions representatives as a result of the changing regulatory environment.  The regulations required operating 
changes that have increased competition, which has impacted our marketing and admissions operations.  Our 
operating costs have changed and will continue to change materially based on any adjustments to compensation 
that we have made or may make in the future. As a result, ED's revisions to the regulations have adversely affected 
our ability to compensate our employees and our compensation practices for third parties.  

23

 
Gainful  Employment.    The  HEA  requires  for-profit  institutions  to  provide  programs  of  training  that 
prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation in order for the students enrolled in those 
programs to qualify for Title IV Program assistance.  ED has relied on this statutory provision to support its efforts 
for the last five years to promulgate the “gainful employment” rule.  On June 13, 2011, ED published regulations 
imposing additional Title IV Program eligibility requirements on certain educational programs intended to lead to 
gainful employment.  These regulations established metrics for determining whether a program would qualify as 
an eligible program but the metrics were vacated by the U.S. District Court on June 30, 2012, prior to their effective 
date.  The regulations still require most proprietary postsecondary institutions, including our institution, to provide 
extensive  disclosures  for  prospective  students  and  the  public,  including  each  eligible  program’s  recognized 
occupations, costs and completion rate, as well as the graduate employment rate and median loan debt of individuals 
who complete each of the programs.  We have established a webpage located at www.uti.edu/disclosure for this 
purpose.  

In 2013, ED established a negotiated rulemaking committee (the committee) to prepare new regulations 
to establish standards for programs that prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. The 
negotiation sessions occurred in September, November and December of 2013.  The committee did not reach 
consensus on proposed draft regulatory language by the December 13, 2013 deadline.  Without consensus, ED 
was authorized to write the final rule without the committee's approval. On March 25, 2014, ED issued a Notice 
of Proposed Rulemaking to establish new measures to determine whether these educational programs prepare 
students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation so as to remain eligible to participate in Title IV 
Programs. The public comment period ended on May 27, 2014. 

ED published the final gainful employment rule on October 31, 2014, which was the deadline in order 
for the new rule to take effect on July 1, 2015.  The final rule maintains the debt-to-earning ratio and disclosure 
requirements included in ED’s March 2014 proposed rule, but eliminates the proposed program cohort default rate 
(PCDR). 

In early November 2014, two organizations of for-profit colleges filed separate lawsuits against ED in 
federal courts seeking to have the new regulations invalidated.  One lawsuit was filed by the Association of Private 
Sector Colleges and Universities, which represents more than 1,400 for-profit institutions nationwide, and the other 
lawsuit was filed by the Association of Proprietary Colleges, which represents more than 20 for-profit colleges in 
the state of New York.  The lawsuits allege, among other things, that the new regulations exceed ED’s statutory 
authority, violate institutions’ constitutional rights, and are arbitrary and capricious. We cannot predict when or 
how the courts may rule on these lawsuits. 

The following is a summary of the key elements of the final rule.

Applicability

The final rule applies to all programs intended to lead to gainful employment, which includes all of our 
undergraduate  programs.  ED  will  apply  two  debt-to-earnings  (DE)  calculations  for  each  program’s  Title  IV 
recipients to determine how the program performs. Specifically, our programs will qualify under these gainful 
employment standards if we can establish that the program meets at least one of two annual, program-level metrics:

• 

• 

annual debt to earnings rate (aDTE) which requires that the estimated annual median loan payment of a 
particular cohort of graduates does not exceed eight percent of the higher of the mean or median earnings 
of those graduates, as obtained by ED from the Social Security Administration.

discretionary debt to earnings rate (dDTE) which requires that the estimated annual median loan payment 
of a particular cohort of graduates does not exceed 12 percent of the average estimated discretionary 
income. Discretionary income as determined by ED is the higher of the mean or median annual earnings 
of those graduates less 1.5 times the poverty guideline for a single person as determined by the U.S. 
Department of Health and Human Services.

24

 
 
 
 
 
Measurement Standards

The gainful employment rule provides a three tier rating system of pass, fail and zone:

• 

Pass: Program meets at least one of the DE metrics.

•  Zone: At least one of the program's DE metrics is in the zone, which is identified as an aDTE between 
eight and 12 percent or a dDTE between 20 and 30 percent. The other program metric may be failing.

• 

Fail: Both of the program's DE metrics are failing, which is identified as an aDTE greater than 12 percent 
and a dDTE greater than 30 percent. 

A program would become ineligible for Title IV if it fails both DE tests in two out of any three consecutive 
years.  In addition, any program that measures in the zone or has a combination of zone/failing scores for four 
consecutive years would become ineligible for Title IV. Based on ED's expected timeline, the first date when a 
program could lose eligibility would occur in calendar year 2017, which would be the general time frame when 
ED is expected to publish the second set of DE rates.

The  rule  includes  a  transition  period,  which  varies  in  duration  between  five  years  and  seven  years 
depending on the length of the particular program. During the transition period, an institution's programs may be 
evaluated using an alternative DE calculation that uses the debt incurred by a more recent student population.  The 
transition period is intended to allow an institution to improve its DE rates by taking steps to reduce the debt of 
its recent student cohorts; however, at least for the first year of the transition period, the calculation would still use 
debt incurred by students before the rule takes effect.

The rule provides an institution with an opportunity to challenge certain elements of the DE calculations. 
However, such challenges would be subject to a compressed timeline and, in the case of challenges to the earnings 
of the relevant graduates, at considerable expense to the institution.  The rule grants ED the right to accept or deny 
challenges at its discretion.

 The elimination of the previously proposed PCDR, which we believe our programs were well-positioned 
to pass, resulted in the final rule, as published, being less favorable to us than the regulations originally published 
in June 2011.  Based on the 2008-2009 cohort Informational Rates published by ED in 2012, two of our 12 programs 
would have been in the zone. However, we are not able to develop reliable estimates as to the potential outcome 
or impact of the final rules because the data previously provided by ED is dated and we do not have access to 
recent earnings data which would be used in the calculations. If a particular program ceased to be eligible for Title 
IV Program funding, in most cases it would not be practical to continue offering that program under our current 
business model. In order to prevent this, we may have to preemptively reduce program tuition in an attempt to 
ensure compliance. Because we cannot calculate the exact impact of such action on the program's DE rates, we 
may overestimate the required tuition reduction, which would have a negative impact on our tuition revenues. 
Conversely, we may underestimate the required tuition reduction, and fail to improve the program's DE rates, 
which could result in the loss of Title IV eligibility as discussed above.

Certification

The rule requires the most senior executive officer to certify that each of the institution’s eligible gainful 
employment programs satisfies certain new ED requirements that focus primarily on the institution’s receipt of 
programmatic  approval  from  relevant  regulatory  or  governing  bodies  such  as  institutional  accreditors, 
programmatic accreditors, if applicable, and state licensing agencies.

25

 
 
 
  
 
 
Disclosure

The rule identifies up to 16 different items that institutions must disclose to prospective students and the 
public about each of its programs, while providing ED the right to expand the list as it deems necessary.  Items 
that may be required include program cost, length, graduation rates, placement rates, accreditation and average 
student indebtedness.  Institutions may be required to aggregate disclosure data into multiple student cohorts such 
as graduates and non-graduates or students enrolled in the program as offered in different formats or lengths. 

Warnings

The rule requires institutions to provide disclosures to all prospective students prior to the signing of an 
enrollment  agreement,  obtain  verification  of  receipt  from  the  student  and  maintain  historical  records  of  such 
verification. The rule further requires institutions to include separate warnings with respect to any program that 
ED identifies as in jeopardy of losing Title IV eligibility when the next set of DE rates are published in the following 
year.  Based on ED's expected timeline, the first date when a program could be required to issue such warnings 
would occur in calendar year 2016, which would be the general time frame when ED is expected to publish the 
first set of DE rates. These warnings must be provided to all active and prospective students and the institution 
must maintain records that document its efforts for the warning distribution.  Warnings must include a number of 
elements including a statement that the program has not met ED’s gainful employment standards and Title IV 
eligibility may be terminated, options available to the student should Title IV eligibility be lost and guidance on 
the institution’s plans to continue the program, offer refunds, or transfer credit should Title IV eligibility be lost. 

Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS loans).  In October 2014, ED published final regulations 
with the goal of improving student access to postsecondary education by increasing availability of PLUS loan 
funds. Specifically, the regulations modify the eligibility criteria by relaxing the definition of adverse credit history. 
The regulations also expand the period for which a credit approval is valid from 90 days to 180 days, and include 
a new provision requiring loan counseling for borrowers who have an adverse credit history, but who qualify for 
a PLUS loan due to extenuating circumstances. Although the formal effective date of these regulations is July 1, 
2015, ED has stated its intent to implement as soon as possible. While we expect that these regulations will result 
in more of our students’ parents qualifying for PLUS funding and accordingly reduce volume for our institutional 
loan program, we cannot quantify the impact at this time. 

The “90/10 Rule.”  A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if it 
derives more than 90% of its revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years as calculated under 
a  cash  basis  formula  mandated  by  ED.   The  HEA  and  ED  regulations  set  forth  specific  requirements  for  the 
calculation of the Title IV Program revenue percentage, mandate expanded disclosure requirements in how an 
institution presents the calculation, and impose negative consequences if an institution exceeds the 90% limit.

The HEA provides that an institution will lose its Title IV Program eligibility for a period of at least two 
institutional fiscal years if it exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive institutional fiscal years.  The loss of 
such eligibility would begin on the first day following the conclusion of the second consecutive year in which the 
institution exceeded the 90% limit and, as such, any Title IV Program funds already received by the institution and 
its students during a period of ineligibility would have to be returned to ED or a lender, if applicable.  Additionally, 
if an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will place the institution on provisional certification 
for a period of at least two years.

The HEA sets specific standards for certain elements in the calculation of an institution’s percentage under 
the 90/10 Rule, including the treatment of certain portions of federal Direct loans, institutional loans and revenue 
received from students who are enrolled in educational programs that are not eligible for Title IV Program funding.  

As of September 30, 2014, our institutions’ annual Title IV percentages as calculated under the 90/10 rule 
ranged from approximately 63% to 68%.  We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to minimize the 

26

 
 
 
 
risk that any of our institutions would derive more than the allowable maximum percentage of its revenue from 
Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.

Federal Student Loan Defaults.  To remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, institutions must 
maintain federal student loan cohort default rates below specified levels. The cohort default rate includes borrowers 
under the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) program, which was discontinued June 30, 2010, as well as the 
DL program.  ED calculates an institution’s cohort default rate on an annual basis.  Under the current calculation, 
the FFEL/DL cohort default rate is derived from student FFEL/DL borrowers who first enter loan repayment during 
a federal fiscal year (FFY) ending September 30 and subsequently default on those loans within the two following 
years; parent borrowers are excluded from the calculation. This represents a three-year measuring period.  An 
institution whose cohort default rate is 30% or more for three consecutive FFYs or 40% or more for any given 
FFY loses eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs.  This sanction is effective for the remainder 
of the FFY in which the institution lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent FFYs. None of our institutions 
had a three-year FFEL/DL cohort default rate of 30% or greater for 2011, 2010 or 2009, the three most recent FFYs 
with published rates.

The following tables set forth the FFEL/DL cohort default rates for our institutions: 

Institution

Three-Year Cohort Default Rates for

Cohort Years Ended September 30, (1)

2011

2010

2009

Universal Technical Institute of Arizona

Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix

Universal Technical Institute of Texas

18.8%

19.5%

21.6%

18.9%

20.2%

21.6%

14.3%

16.0%

16.4%

All proprietary postsecondary institutions

19.1%

21.8%

22.7%

(1)       Based on information published by ED.

An institution whose three-year cohort default rate under the FFEL/DL program exceeds 15% for any 
one of the three preceding years is subject to a 30-day delay in receiving the first disbursement on federal student 
loans  for  first-time  borrowers.  As  of  September 30,  2014,  all  of  our  institutions  were  subject  to  delayed 
disbursements.  An institution whose cohort default rate under the FFEL/DL program is 30% or greater, but less 
than 40%, for any one of the three most recent federal fiscal years may be placed on provisional certification status 
by ED for up to three years.  None of our institutions are on provisional status with ED.

Perkins Loan Defaults.  An institution with a Perkins program cohort default rate that is greater than 
15.0% for any federal award year, which is the twelve month period from July 1 through June 30, may be placed 
on provisional certification. Our three institutions’ Perkins cohort default rates range between 17.7% and 28.6% 
for students who were scheduled to begin repayment in the federal award year ended June 30, 2013, the most recent 
federal award year reported by our institutions. On a consolidated basis, there were 25 Perkins borrowers who 
defaulted in this cohort period. Although the most recent Perkins cohort default rate is greater than 15% for our 
three  main  institutions,  we  have  not  been  advised  of  any  provisional  certification  status.  If  we  are  placed  on 
provisional certification status for any reason, ED may more closely view any application we file for recertification, 
new  locations,  new  educational  programs,  acquisitions  of  other  schools,  increase  in  degree  level  or  other 
signification changes. Further, for an institution that is provisionally certified, ED may revoke the institution’s 
certification without advance notice or advance opportunity to challenge the action. 

27

An institution with a Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for three consecutive federal award 
years loses eligibility to participate in the Perkins program and must liquidate its loan portfolio.  None of our 
institutions had a Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for any of the last three federal award years.  ED 
also will not provide any additional federal funds to an institution for Perkins loans in any federal award year in 
which the institution’s Perkins cohort default rate is 25% or greater. None of our institutions has had its federal 
Perkins funding eliminated for the past three federal award years. For the federal award year ended June 30, 2015, 
as with the 10 preceding federal award years, ED will not disburse any new federal funds to any institutions for 
Perkins loans due to federal appropriations limitations.  In our 2014 fiscal year, we derived less than 1% of our 
revenues from the Perkins program. 

Financial  Responsibility  Standards.   All  institutions  participating  in Title  IV  Programs  must  satisfy 
specific ED standards of financial responsibility.  ED evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards 
each year, based on the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change of control 
of the institution.

The institution’s financial responsibility is measured by its composite score which is calculated by ED 

based on three ratios:

• 

• 

the equity ratio which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial 
viability;

the primary reserve ratio which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from 
expendable resources; and

• 

the net income ratio which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit.

ED assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 
3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength.  ED then assigns 
a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite 
score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially 
responsible without the need for further oversight.  In addition to having an acceptable composite score, an institution 
must, among other things, meet all of its financial obligations including required refunds to students and any Title 
IV Program liabilities and debts, be current in its debt payments, and not receive an adverse, qualified, or disclaimed 
opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.  If ED determines that an institution does not satisfy 
its financial responsibility standards, depending on the resulting composite score and other factors, that institution 
may  establish  its  financial  responsibility  on  an  alternative  basis  by  one  or  a  combination  of  the  following,  as 
determined by ED:

• 

• 

• 

posting a letter of credit in an amount equivalent to a percentage as determined by ED, ranging from 
10% - 100% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently 
completed fiscal year;

accepting provisional certification;

complying with additional ED monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program 
funds under an arrangement other than ED’s standard advance funding arrangement.

ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our institutions on a consolidated basis based on 
the financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. as the parent company.  ED’s regulations permit ED 
to examine the financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the financial statements of each institution 
and  the  financial  statements  of  any  related  party.  Our  composite  score  has  exceeded  the  required  minimum 
composite score of 1.5 for each of our fiscal years since 2004.

28

Return of Title IV Funds.  An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount 
of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational 
programs  before  completing  them. The  institution  must  return  those  unearned  funds  to  ED  or  the  appropriate 
lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines 
that the student has withdrawn.

If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% 
or more of the students in the audit or program review sample, the institution must post a letter of credit in favor 
of ED in an amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV Program funds that should have been returned in the previous 
fiscal year. Our 2014 Title IV compliance audits did not cite any of our institutions for exceeding the 5% late 
payment threshold.

Institution Acquisitions.  When a company acquires an institution that is eligible to participate in Title 
IV Programs, that institution undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED.  
Upon such a change of control, an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended 
until it has applied for recertification by ED as an eligible institution under its new ownership, which requires that 
the institution also re-establish its state authorization and accreditation. ED may temporarily and provisionally 
certify an institution seeking approval of a change of control under certain circumstances while ED reviews the 
institution’s application. The time required for ED to act on such an application may vary substantially. ED’s 
recertification of an institution following a change of control is typically on a provisional basis.  Our expansion 
plans are based, in part, on our ability to acquire additional institutions and have them certified by ED to participate 
in Title IV Programs following affirmation of state licensure and accreditation. Although we believe we will be 
able to obtain all necessary approvals from ED, ACCSC and the applicable state agencies for our expansion plans, 
we cannot ensure that such approvals will be obtained at all or in a timely manner that will not delay or reduce the 
availability of Title IV Program funds for our students.

Change of Control.  In addition to institution acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a 
change of control.  ED and most state education agencies and ACCSC have standards pertaining to the change of 
control  of  institutions,  but  these  standards  are  not  uniform.    ED’s  regulations  describe  some  transactions  that 
constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution 
or the institution’s parent corporation.  With respect to a publicly-traded corporation, ED regulations provide that 
a change of control occurs in one of two ways: (i) if there is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a 
Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a change of control or (ii) if the corporation has a “Controlling 
Stockholder”, as defined in ED regulations, that owns or controls through agreement at least 25% of the total 
outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder 
ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest stockholder.  These change of control standards 
are  subject  to  interpretation  by  ED.    Most  of  the  states  and  our  accrediting  commission  include  the  sale  of  a 
controlling  interest  of  common  stock  in  the  definition  of  a  change  of  control.   A  change  of  control  under  the 
definition of these agencies would require any affected institution to have its state authorization and accreditation 
reaffirmed by that agency.  The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states and our accrediting 
commission vary widely.

A change of control could occur as a result of future transactions in which our company or our institutions 
are involved.  Some corporate re-organizations and some changes in the board of directors are examples of such 
transactions.  Additionally, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by 
us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock.  If a future 
transaction results in a change of control of our company or our institutions, we believe that we will be able to 
obtain all necessary approvals from ED, ACCSC and the applicable state education agencies.  However, we cannot 
ensure that all such approvals can be obtained at all or in a timely manner that will not delay or reduce the availability 
of Title IV Program funds for our students.

29

Opening Additional Institutions and Adding Educational Programs.  For-profit educational institutions 
must be authorized by their state education agencies, accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED 
and be fully operational for two years before applying to ED to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an 
institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish an additional location and apply to 
participate in Title IV Programs at that location without regard to the two-year requirement, if such additional 
location satisfies all other applicable ED eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our 
ability to open new campuses as additional locations of our existing institutions and take into account ED’s approval 
requirements. Currently, all of our institutions are eligible to offer Title IV Program funding.   

A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the costs associated with enrollment in an eligible 
educational program offered by an institution participating in Title IV Programs. Our expansion plans are based, 
in part, on our ability to add new educational programs at our existing institutions. Generally, an institution that is 
eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, and is not provisionally certified, may add a new educational program 
without ED approval if:

• 

• 

the new program is licensed by the applicable state agency, accredited by an agency recognized 
by ED and leads to an associate level or higher degree and the institution already offered programs 
at that level; or

the  new  program  meets  minimum  length  requirements  and  prepares  students  for  gainful 
employment in the same or a related occupation as an educational program that has previously 
been designated as an eligible program at that institution.  

Some of the state education agencies and ACCSC also have requirements that may affect our institutions’ 
ability to open a new location, establish an additional location of an existing institution or begin offering a new or 
revised  educational  program.    We  do  not  believe  that  these  standards  will  create  significant  obstacles  to  our 
expansion plans.  

Administrative Capability.  ED assesses the administrative capability of each institution that participates 
in Title IV Programs under a series of separate standards.  Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead ED to 
find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs, require the institution to repay Title IV Program 
funds, change the method of payment of Title IV Program funds or place the institution on provisional certification 
as a condition of its continued participation.  

Eligibility and Certification Procedures.  The HEA specifies the manner in which ED reviews institutions 
for eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV Programs. Every educational institution seeking Title IV 
Program  funding  for  its  students  must  be  certified  to  participate  and  is  required  to  periodically  renew  this 
certification.  Each institution must apply to ED for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs at 
least every six years, or if it undergoes a change of control.  Furthermore, an institution may come under ED review 
if it expands its activities in certain ways such as opening an additional location or raising the highest academic 
credential it offers.  The Program Participation Agreement (PPA) document serves as ED’s formal authorization 
of an institution and its associated additional locations to participate in Title IV Programs for a specified period of 
time.  Universal Technical Institute of Arizona and Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix were recertified in 
October 2010 and entered into new PPAs with ED which will expire on June 30, 2016.  Universal Technical Institute 
of Texas was recertified in February 2012 and entered into a new PPA with ED which will expire March 31, 2018.  

Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.  Our institutions are subject 
to audits and program compliance reviews by various external agencies, including ED, ED’s Office of Inspector 
General, state education agencies, student loan guaranty agencies, the VA and ACCSC.  Each of our institutions’ 
administration of Title IV Program funds must also be audited annually by independent accountants and the resulting 
audit report submitted to ED for review.  If ED or another regulatory agency determined that one of our institutions 
improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the HEA or ED’s regulations, that institution 

30

could be required to repay such funds and could be assessed an administrative fine.  ED could also transfer the 
institution from the advance method of receiving Title IV Program funds to a cash monitoring or reimbursement 
system, which could negatively impact cash flow at an institution.  Significant violations of Title IV Program 
requirements by us or any of our institutions could be the basis for a proceeding by ED to fine the affected institution 
or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the affected institution in Title IV Programs.  Generally, such 
a termination extends for 18 months before the institution may apply for reinstatement of its participation.  There 
is no ED proceeding pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or terminate any of our institutions’ 
participation in Title IV Programs, and we have no written notice that any such proceeding is currently contemplated.  
Violations of Title IV Program requirements could also subject us or our institutions to other civil and criminal 
penalties.

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

We provide the following cautionary discussion of risks, uncertainties and possibly inaccurate assumptions 
relevant to our business.  These are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause our actual results 
to differ materially from expected and historical results.  We note these factors for investors within the meaning 
of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  
You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors.  Consequently, you should not 
consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties. You should consider 
carefully the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to other information contained in this Report on 
Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Failure of our schools to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for school operations could result 
in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external financial aid funding.

In 2014, we derived approximately 66% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from federal student financial 
aid programs, referred to in this Report on Form 10-K as Title IV Programs, administered by ED.  To participate 
in Title IV Programs, an institution must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state agencies, be 
accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as an eligible institution by ED.  As 
a result, our institutions are subject to extensive regulation by the state agencies, ACCSC and ED.  These regulatory 
requirements cover the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional 
and  administrative  staff,  administrative  procedures,  marketing,  recruiting,  financial  operations  and  financial 
condition.  These regulatory requirements also affect our ability to acquire, expand or open additional institutions 
or  campuses,  add  new,  or  expand  our  existing  educational  programs  and  change  our  corporate  structure  and 
ownership.  Most ED requirements are applied on an institutional basis, with an “institution” defined by ED as a 
main campus and its additional locations, if any.  Under ED’s definition, we have three such institutions.  The state 
agencies, ACCSC  and  ED  periodically  revise  their  requirements  and  modify  their  interpretations  of  existing 
requirements.

If our institutions failed to comply with any of these regulatory requirements, our regulatory agencies 
could impose monetary penalties; bring litigation against us; place limitations on our schools’ operations, such as 
restricting our ability to recruit or enroll students within certain states; terminate our schools’ ability to grant degrees 
and diplomas; revoke our schools’ accreditation; or terminate our schools’ eligibility to receive Title IV Program 
funds, each of which could adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition, and 
impose significant operating restrictions upon us.  We cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory 
requirements will be applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply with all of the requirements in 
the future.  We believe that we have described the most significant regulatory risks that apply to our schools in the 
following paragraphs.

31

Failure to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs could materially and adversely affect our 
business. 

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant 
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as eligible 
by ED.  The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through Title IV Programs, the large number of students 
and institutions participating in those programs and instances of fraud and abuse have prompted ED to exercise 
significant regulatory oversight over institutions participating in Title IV Programs.  Accrediting commissions and 
state agencies also oversee compliance with both their respective standards and with Title IV Program requirements.  
As a result, each of our institutions is subject to detailed oversight and review and must comply with a complex 
framework of frequently changing laws and regulations and subjective regulatory interpretation of these obligations 
by various regulating entities.  Because ED periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of 
existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV Program requirements will be applied 
in all circumstances.  Additionally, given the complex nature of the regulations, the fact that they are subject to 
multiple interpretations, a stated department policy of providing limited or no interpretive guidance and the large 
volume of Title IV transactions in which we are involved, it is reasonable to conclude that, from time to time, in 
the conduct of our business, we may inadvertently violate such regulations.  In such an event, remedial action may 
be necessary, regulatory proceedings could occur and regulatory penalties could be assessed.

Significant  factors  relating  to  Title  IV  Program  eligibility  that  could  adversely  affect  us  include  the 

following:

State Authorization

A campus that grants degrees or diplomas must be authorized by the relevant education agency of the 
state in which it is located.  Requirements for authorization vary substantially among states.  State authorization 
is also required for students to be eligible for funding under Title IV Programs.  Loss of state authorization by any 
of our campuses from the education agency of the state in which the campus is located would end that campus’ 
eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the campus, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.  

Accreditation 

A school must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED in order to participate in 
Title IV Programs. Loss of accreditation by any of our campuses would end that campus’ participation in Title IV 
Programs and could cause us to close the campus, which could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, 
results of operations and financial condition.  A change in accreditation to a more restrictive or monitored status 
could restrict our ability to add new programs, open new campuses or increase recruitment activity.  

The “90/10 Rule”

Under the “90/10 Rule,” a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if 
it derives more than 90% of its revenue from those programs for two consecutive institutional fiscal years, under 
a cash-basis calculation mandated by ED.  The period of ineligibility covers at least the next two succeeding fiscal 
years, and any Title IV Program funds already received by the institution and its students during the period of 
ineligibility would have to be returned to ED, if DL loans were included in the calculation.  If an institution exceeds 
the 90% level for a single year, ED will place the institution on provisional certification for a period of at least two 
years.    If  we  are  placed  on  provisional  certification  status  for  any  reason,  ED  may  more  closely  review  any 
application we file for recertification, new locations, new educational programs, revisions to existing educational 
programs, acquisitions of other schools, increase in degree level or other significant changes.  Furthermore, for an 
institution that is provisionally certified, ED may revoke the institution’s certification without advance notice or 

32

advance opportunity to challenge the action.  In our 2014 fiscal year, under the regulatory formula prescribed by 
ED, each of our institutions derived approximately 63% - 68% of its revenues from Title IV Programs.  

Multiple legislative proposals have been introduced in Congress that would increase the requirements of 
the 90/10 Rule, such as reducing the 90% maximum under the rule to 85% and/or including military and veteran 
funding in the 90% portion of the calculation.  If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV 
Programs, such a loss would adversely affect our students’ access to Title IV Program funds they need to pay their 
educational expenses, which could reduce our student population and would have a material adverse effect on our 
cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.  

Federal Student Loan Defaults  

An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if its former students 
default on the repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels.  Based upon the most recent 
student loan default rates published by ED, none of our institutions have federal student loan default rates that 
exceed the specified levels.  If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs because 
of high student loan default rates, such a loss would adversely affect our students’ access to various Title IV Program 
funds which could reduce our student population and would have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, 
results of operations and financial condition.  See “Business - Regulatory Environment - Regulation of Federal 
Student Financial Aid Programs - Federal Student Loan Defaults” included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-
K for additional information.

Financial Responsibility Standards

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility 
prescribed by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly accept other conditions on its participation 
in Title IV Programs.  The operating conditions that may be placed on a school that does not meet the standards 
of financial responsibility include being transferred from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV Program 
funds to either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring system, which could result in a significant 
delay in the institution’s receipt of those funds or increased administrative costs related to those funds.  We are not 
currently required to post a letter of credit on behalf of any of our schools and are not subject to additional operating 
conditions.  We may be required to post letters of credit in the future, which could increase our costs of regulatory 
compliance, or change the timing of receipt of Title IV Program funds.  Our inability to obtain a required letter of 
credit or the imposition of other limitations on our participation in Title IV Programs could limit our students’ 
access to Title IV Program funds, which could reduce our student population and could have a material adverse 
effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.  

Return of Title IV Funds

A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate and return funds received for students 
who withdraw before completing their educational programs whose aid exceeds the amount earned under Title IV 
Program guidelines.  Returns must be completed in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school 
determines that the student has withdrawn.  If the unearned funds are not properly calculated or timely returned, 
we may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of ED, pay interest on the late repayment of funds, or be 
otherwise sanctioned by ED, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our 
results of operations.  Additionally, the failure to timely return Title IV Program funds also could result in the 
termination of eligibility to receive such funds going forward or the imposition of other sanctions.  Any of these 
results could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.  Given 
the  complex  nature  of  the  regulations  applicable  to Title  IV  refunds  and  the  fact  they  are  subject  to  multiple 
interpretations, and the large volume of such transactions in which we are involved, it is reasonable to conclude 
that, from time to time, in the conduct of our business, we may inadvertently violate such regulations.  In such an 

33

 
event, remedial actions may be necessary, regulatory proceedings could occur and regulatory penalties could be 
assessed.

Administrative Capability

ED regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite 
“administrative capability” to participate in Title IV Programs.  These criteria require, among other things, that the 
institution: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

comply with all Title IV Program regulations; 

have capable and sufficient personnel to administer Title IV Programs;

have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students; 

administer Title IV Programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls 
over financial reporting; 

divide the function of authorizing and disbursing or delivering Title IV Program funds so that no 
office has the responsibility for both functions; 

establish and maintain records required under Title IV Program regulations;

develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve discrepancies in information from 
sources regarding a student’s application for financial aid under Title IV Programs; 

do not have a student loan cohort default rate above specified levels;

refer to the Office of the Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, 
student, employee or agent of the institution has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct 
involving Title IV Programs;

not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting 
or engaging in activity that is the cause of debarment or suspension;

provide adequate financial aid counseling to its students;

timely submit all reports and financial statements required by the regulations; and

not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. 

If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, ED may:

• 

• 

• 

• 

require the repayment of Title IV Program funds;

impose a less favorable payment system for the institution’s receipt of Title IV Program funds; 

place the institution on provisional certification status; or

commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the 
institution in Title IV Programs.

34

 
If we fail to maintain administrative capability as defined by ED, we could lose our eligibility to participate 
in Title IV Programs or have that eligibility adversely conditioned, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. 

The loss of funds from Veterans' Benefits programs could materially and adversely affect our business.

To participate in veterans' benefits programs, including the Post-9/11 GI Bill, the Montgomery GI Bill, 
the REAP, and VA Vocational Rehabilitation, an institution must comply with certain requirements established by 
the VA.  If we fail to comply with these requirements, we could lose our eligibility to participate in veterans' benefits 
programs,  which  could  reduce  our  student  population.    For  additional  information  regarding  this  activity,  see 
“Business - Regulatory Environment - Other Federal and State Programs - Veterans' Benefits” included elsewhere 
in this Report on Form 10-K.

Other considerations which could impact the funding we receive from veterans' benefits programs include 

the following:

•  Access to military installations.  Recently, our access to military installations for student recruitment has 
become more limited due to the changes described in “Business - Regulatory Environment - Other Federal 
and State Programs” included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K. Restrictions on access necessary 
to continue to develop awareness of our programs with this population could reduce our enrollments. 

• 

90/10 rule changes.  Multiple legislative proposals have been introduced in Congress that would increase 
the requirements of the 90/10 Rule, such as reducing the 90% maximum under the rule to 85% and/or 
including military and veteran funding in the 90% portion of the calculation. Implementation of these 
proposals could have a negative impact on our 90/10 ratio which could have a negative impact on our 
eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in 
Title IV Programs, such a loss could adversely affect our students’ access to Title IV Program funds they 
need to pay their educational expenses, which could reduce our enrollments and have a material adverse 
effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

•  Funding  for  veterans  benefits  programs.  Funding  for  veterans'  benefits  programs  is  dependent  upon 
Congressional appropriations. If appropriations are not maintained at the current level, or if an extended 
government shutdown were to occur, the VA might not be able to continue funding veterans' benefits.  

• 

State  Approval  Agencies.The  VA  shares  responsibility  for  VA  benefit  approval  and  oversight  with 
designated SAAs.  SAAs play a critical role evaluating institutions and their programs to determine if 
they meet VA benefit eligibility requirements.  Processes and approval criterion as well as interpretation 
of  applicable  requirements  can  vary  from  state  to  state.   Therefore,  approval  in  one  state  does  not 
necessarily result in approval in all states.  If we are unable to secure approvals in one or more states, or 
if the process for obtaining an approval takes significant time, we could be required to alter the delivery 
methodology or structure of the program or experience delays in or the loss of a portion of VA funding.  
Students receiving VA funding may not be able to receive the full benefit of our Automotive Technology 
and Diesel Technology II curricula methodology, which could reduce our enrollments and have a material 
adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Any loss of funds from veterans' benefits programs could reduce our student population and have a material 

adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.  

35

 
 
 
 
 
A substantial decrease in student financing options, or a significant increase in financing costs for our 
students, could have a negative effect on our student population and consequently, on our cash flows,  results 
of operations and financial condition.

The student loan market has undergone significant changes in the past few years, including increased 
regulations from the HEA reauthorization in 2008, elimination of the FFEL program in 2010, implementation of 
more stringent PLUS loan credit requirements and contraction in credit markets that has reduced availability of 
federal and private student loans for certain institutions and/or students.  Many banks and lending institutions have 
discontinued their private student loan programs.  Those that have stayed in the market have increased financing 
costs, both rates and fees, to offset the risks associated with offering unsecured debt.  Additionally, the broader 
economic environment has put pressure on students’ ability to repay their loans, resulting in higher default rates.  
These factors may result in lending institutions continuing to exit the student loan market and for other providers 
to determine not to enter the market, which could decrease the availability of alternative loans to postsecondary 
students, including students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative 
loans that seek to enroll.  Prospective students may find that increased financing costs make borrowing to fund 
their education unattractive and motivate them to abandon or delay enrollment in postsecondary education programs 
such as ours.  Tight credit markets may also move private lenders to impose on us and on our prospective and 
continuing students new or increased fees in order to provide alternative loans.  If any of these scenarios were to 
occur, in whole or in part, our students’ ability to finance their education could be adversely affected and could 
result in a decrease in our student population and result in decreased profitability.

Congress may change the law or reduce funding for or place restrictions on the use of funds received through 
Title IV Programs, which could reduce our student population, revenues and/or profit margin.

Congress periodically revises the HEA and other laws, and enacts new laws, governing Title IV Programs 
and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program.  Congress most recently reauthorized the 
HEA in 2008.  Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or the ability of 
our schools or students to receive funding through these programs or places restrictions on the use of funds received 
by an institution through these programs could reduce our student population and revenues. 

Congressional action may also require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase administrative 
costs,  reduce  the  ability  of  students  to  finance  their  education  at  our  schools,  and  materially  decrease  student 
enrollment and result in decreased profitability.

Continued Congressional examination of the for-profit education sector could result in legislation or further 
ED rulemaking restricting Title IV Program participation by for-profit schools in a manner that materially and 
adversely affects our business. 

Congress continues to be focused on for-profit education institutions, specifically regarding participation 
in Title IV Programs and U.S. Department of Defense oversight of tuition assistance for military service members 
attending for-profit colleges. For a description of additional information regarding this activity, see “Business - 
Regulatory Environment - Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Program - Congressional Action” included 
elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

This Congressional activity could result in the enactment of more stringent legislation by Congress, further 
rulemakings affecting participation in Title IV Programs and other governmental actions, increasing regulation of 
the for-profit sector.  Action by Congress may also increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our 
practices in order for our institutions to comply with Title IV Program requirements.  In addition, concerns generated 
by this Congressional activity may adversely affect enrollment in for-profit educational institutions such as ours.  
Any laws that are adopted that limit our or our students’ participation in Title IV Programs or in programs to provide 
funds for active duty service members and veterans or the amount of student financial aid for which our students 

36

 
are eligible, or any decreases in enrollment related to the Congressional activity concerning this sector, could have 
a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.  

Compliance  with  the  Title  IV  Program  Integrity  regulations,  gainful  employment  regulations  and  ongoing 
negotiated rulemaking could materially and adversely affect our business. 

  Since publication of the program integrity regulations in 2010, ED has issued interpretive guidance on 
the regulations in the form of multiple Dear Colleague Letters to institutions. The letters provide sub-regulatory 
guidance on certain aspects of the regulations, which assists institutions with understanding the regulations in these 
areas.  The laws and regulations governing certain of the requirements do not establish clear criteria for compliance, 
and ED has indicated that they do not intend to provide additional guidance on certain topics. In particular, the 
elimination of the 12 safe harbors regarding the incentive compensation prohibition has significantly impacted our 
business. For a description of additional information regarding these regulatory changes, see “Business - Regulatory 
Environment  -  Regulation  of  Federal  Student  Financial  Aid  Programs  -  Incentive  Compensation”  included 
elsewhere in this Report of Form 10-K.

Additionally, ED published the final gainful employment rule on October 31, 2014, which was the deadline 
required in order for the new rule to take July 1, 2015.  The final rule maintains the debt to earning (DE) ratio and 
disclosure requirements published in ED’s March 2014 proposed rule, but eliminates the proposed program cohort 
default rate. In addition to the DE calculations, the final rules include requirements for program certification and 
disclosure of program information and warnings.  For a summary of the final rules, see “Business - Regulatory 
Environment - Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs - Gainful Employment” included elsewhere 
in this Report of Form 10-K.  

Compliance with final rules could have a material adverse effect on the manner in which we conduct our 
business and our results of operations. We are not able to develop reliable estimates as to the potential outcome or 
impact of the final rules because the data previously provided by ED is dated and we do not have access to recent 
data which would be used in the calculations. If a particular program ceased to be eligible for Title IV Program 
funding, in most cases it would not be practical to continue offering that program under our current business model, 
which could reduce our enrollment and have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and 
financial condition. In order to prevent this, we may have to preemptively reduce program tuition in an attempt to 
ensure compliance. Because we cannot calculate the exact impact of such action on the program's DE rates, we 
may overestimate the required tuition reduction, which would have a negative impact on our tuition revenues. 
Conversely, we may underestimate the required tuition reduction, and fail to improve the program's DE rates, 
which could result in the loss of Title IV eligibility. The disclosures and warnings required by the final rule could 
also negatively impact our enrollment and have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

We have devoted significant effort to understanding the effects of these regulations on our business and 
to developing compliant solutions that are also congruent with our business, culture and mission to serve our 
students and industry relationships. However, these solutions related to implementation and compliance with these 
final rules, including but not limited to compensation and gainful employment, to the extent revised or reinstated 
in the future, may have a material adverse effect on the manner in which we conduct our business, our student 
populations and the nature of our programs. Interpretation of the regulations is subject to change if ED provides 
further guidance and clarification. The solutions may require further analysis based on the uncertainty noted above 
and any additional interpretive guidance that is provided.  Existing or future understandings could be different 
from ED’s interpretations and thus lead to repayments, restrictions, fines or litigation.  

37

 
 
Our business could be harmed if we experience a disruption in our ability to process student loans under the 
Federal Direct Loan Program. 

 Because all Title IV Program student loans other than the Perkins loans are now processed under the DL 
program, any processing disruptions by ED may impact our students’ ability to obtain student loans on a timely 
basis.  If we experience a disruption in our ability to process student loans through the DL program, either because 
of administrative challenges on our part or the inability of ED to process the increased volume of loans through 
the DL program on a timely basis, our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely 
and materially affected.

Limited  opportunities  for  private  alternative  student  loans  for  our  students  could  increase  the  need  for 
institutional funding, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and 
financial condition.

The current state of the national economy and generalized lending crisis has led to a contracted lending 
environment, resulting in limited lender choices for students who need a private alternative loan to meet gaps 
between Title IV Program funding and cost of education.  Furthermore, lender underwriting criteria has been much 
more stringent, resulting in fewer prospective borrowers being approved for their loans.  As lenders seek to reduce 
their risk on portfolios of new alternative loans, we have seen many lenders move to shift their target markets 
exclusively to four-year baccalaureate degree schools.  We currently have a list of six private unaffiliated alternative 
loan providers to assist new borrowers in selecting a lender, with two of these lenders providing the vast majority 
of our private alternative student loans.  If these lenders decided to decline to lend to students attending our schools, 
and we were not able to find alternative lenders, the demand for our proprietary loan program could increase, 
requiring us to devote greater than planned resources which could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, 
results of operations and financial condition.

Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate 
litigation against us.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of 
noncompliance  by  government  agencies,  regulatory  agencies  and  third  parties  alleging  noncompliance  with 
applicable standards.  These compliance reviews and claims could also result from our notification to an agency 
or third party based upon our own internal compliance review.  We are also subject to various lawsuits, investigations 
and claims, covering a wide range of matters, including, but not limited to alleged violations of federal and state 
laws, false claims made to the federal government and routine employment matters.  While we are committed to 
strict compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and accrediting standards, if the results of government, 
regulatory or third party reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully 
against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss 
of regulatory approvals or Title IV Program funding, injunctions or other penalties.  We could also incur substantial 
legal costs in excess of our insurance coverage.  Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review 
or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources 
from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits or claims.  
Additionally, given the significant public scrutiny being placed on the sector, numerous state attorneys general 
have initiated investigations either of the operation of the for-profit schools in their state or of particular institutions 
operating in that state.  

In September 2012, we received a Civil Investigative Demand (CID) from the Attorney General of the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts related to a pending investigation in connection with allegations that we caused 
false claims to be submitted to the Commonwealth relating to student loans, guarantees and grants provided to 
students at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus. The CID required us to produce documents and provide written 
testimony regarding a broad range of our business from September 2006 to the present. We responded timely to 
the request, as well as a follow-up requests for additional information. The Attorney General has not contacted us 

38

 
 
regarding this matter since a follow-up request for documents in February 2013. At this time, we cannot predict 
the eventual scope, duration, outcome or associated costs of this request and accordingly we have not recorded 
any liability in the accompanying financial statements.

We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of unsettled matters and we may incur significant defense costs 
and other expenses in connection with them in excess of our insurance coverage related to these matters. We may 
be required to pay substantial damages, settlement costs or fines or penalties. Such costs and expenses could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.  An adverse 
outcome in any of these matters could also materially and adversely affect our licenses, accreditation and eligibility 
to participate in Title IV programs.

Our business and stock price could be adversely affected as a result of regulatory investigations of, or actions 
commenced against, us or other companies in our industry.

The operations of companies in the education and training services industry, including UTI, are subject 
to intense regulatory scrutiny. In some cases, allegations of wrongdoing on the part of such companies have resulted 
in formal or informal investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice, the SEC, state governmental agencies and 
ED.  These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of legislative hearings 
and regulatory actions at both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the individual schools but in some 
cases on the for-profit postsecondary education sector as a whole.  These investigations of or regulatory actions 
against specific companies in the education and training services industry could have a negative impact on our 
industry as a whole and on our stock price.  Furthermore, the outcome of such investigations and any accompanying 
adverse publicity could negatively affect student enrollment, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in the state regulatory environment, including budget constraints, may affect our ability to obtain 
necessary authorizations or approvals from those states to conduct or change our operations.

Due to state budget constraints and changes in the regulatory environment in some of the states in which 
we operate, it is possible that some states may reduce the number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the 
state education agencies that authorize our schools.  A delay or refusal by any state education agency in approving 
any changes in our operations that require state approval, such as the opening of a new campus, the introduction 
of new programs or the revision of existing programs, a change of control or the hiring or placement of new 
admissions representatives, could prevent us from making such changes or delay our ability to make such changes, 
or could require substantial additional costs to accommodate such delay.

The regulations may lengthen the time to obtain necessary state approvals and may increase the nature 
and type of state regulation such that it would require us to modify our operations in order to comply with the 
requirements.  This could impose substantial additional costs on our institutions, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Budget constraints in states that provide state financial aid to our students could reduce the amount of such 
financial aid that is available to our students, which could reduce our student population and negatively affect 
our 90/10 Rule calculation.

A  significant  number  of  states  are  facing  budget  constraints  that  are  causing  them  to  reduce  state 
appropriations in a number of areas.  Many of those states provide financial aid to our students.  These and other 
states may decide to reduce or redirect the amount of state financial aid that they provide to students, but we cannot 
predict how significant any of these reductions will be or how long they will last.  If the level of state funding 
available to our students decreases and our students are not able to secure alternative sources of funding, our student 
population could be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.  Additionally, loss 
of state funding would negatively impact our 90/10 Rule calculation and  the cost of our compliance with the 90/10 

39

 
Rule, as this funding is counted in the non-Title IV Program funds portion of the ratio, and such loss would drive 
up the percentage of revenue attributable to Title IV Programs.

If regulators do not approve our acquisition of a school that participates in Title IV Program funding or the 
opening of an additional location, the acquired school and/or the additional location would not be permitted to 
participate  in  Title  IV  Programs,  which  could  impair  our  ability  to  operate  the  acquired  school  and/or  the 
additional location as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from the acquisition of that school and/or 
opening of the additional location.

If we acquire a school that participates in Title IV Program funding and/or open an additional location, 
we must obtain approval from ED and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions in order 
for the school and/or additional location to be able to operate and participate in Title IV Programs.  While we would 
attempt to ensure we will be able to receive such approval prior to acquiring a school and/or opening an additional 
location, approval may be withheld.  An acquisition can result in the temporary suspension of the acquired school’s 
participation  in  Title  IV  Programs  and  opening  an  additional  location  can  result  in  a  delay  of  the  campus’ 
participation in Title IV Programs unless we submit a timely and materially complete application for approval of 
the acquisition or the opening of the new location.  Upon an acquisition, ED will only grant a temporary certification 
while it reviews the application.  If we were unable to timely re-establish or establish the state authorization, 
accreditation or ED certification of the acquired school or obtain approval for the new location, our ability to 
operate the acquired school and/or open the additional location as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits 
from the acquisition of that school and/or the opening of the additional location could be impaired.

If regulators do not approve or delay their approval of transactions involving a change of control of our company 
or any of our schools, our ability to participate in Title IV Programs may be impaired.

If we or any of our schools experience a change of control under the standards of applicable state education 
agencies, our accrediting commission or ED, we or the affected schools must seek the approval of the relevant 
regulatory agencies.  These agencies do not have uniform criteria for what constitutes a change of ownership or 
control.  Transactions or events that constitute a change of control include significant acquisitions or dispositions 
of our common stock or significant changes in the composition of our board of directors.  Some of these transactions 
or events may be beyond our control.  Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any change of 
control from ED, our accrediting commission or any state in which our schools are located would impair our ability 
to  participate  in Title  IV  Programs,  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  cash  flows,  results  of 
operations and financial condition.  Our failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, approval of any change of control 
from any state in which we do not have a school but in which we recruit students could require us to suspend our 
recruitment of students in that state until we receive the required approval.  The potential adverse effects of a 
change of control with respect to participation in Title IV Programs could influence future decisions by us and our 
stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we fail to effectively fill our existing capacity, we may experience a deterioration of our profitability and 
operating margins.

We have underutilized seating capacity at several of our campuses.  Our ongoing efforts to fill existing 
seating capacity may strain our management, operations, employees or other resources.  We may not be able to 
maintain our current seating capacity utilization rates, effectively manage our operation or achieve planned capacity 
utilization on a timely or profitable basis.  If we are unable to fill our underutilized seating capacity, we may 
experience operating inefficiencies that likely will increase our costs more than we had planned resulting in a 
deterioration of our profitability and operating margins.

40

Our proprietary loan program could have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Our proprietary loan program enables students who have utilized all available government-sponsored or 
other financial aid and have not been successful in obtaining private loans from other financial institutions, for 
independent students, or PLUS loans, for dependent students, to borrow a portion of their tuition if they meet 
certain criteria. 

Under the proprietary loan program, the bank originates loans for our students who meet our specific 
credit criteria with the related proceeds to be used exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then purchase 
all such loans from the bank at least monthly and assume all the related credit and collection risk. See Note 2 of 
the notes to our consolidated financial statements within Part IV of this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion 
of activity under our proprietary loan program.

Factors that may impact our ability to collect these loans include: current economic conditions; compliance 
with  laws  applicable  to  the  origination,  servicing  and  collection  of  loans;  the  quality  of  our  loan  servicers’ 
performance; a decline in graduate employment opportunities and the priority that the borrowers under this loan 
program, particularly students who did not complete or were dissatisfied with their programs of study, attach to 
repaying  these  loans  as  compared  to  other  obligations.  Because  we  record  revenues  upon  the  receipt  of  cash 
payments, if we are unable to collect on these loans, our revenues and profitability may continue to be adversely 
impacted.

Federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  general  legal  and  equitable  principles  relating  to  the  protection  of 
consumers can apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the loans under our proprietary loan program. 
Any violation of various federal, state or local laws, including, in some instances, violations of these laws by parties 
not under our control, may result in losses on the loans or may limit our ability to collect all or part of the principal 
or interest on the loans. This may be the case even if we are not directly responsible for the violations by such 
parties. 

Our proprietary loan program may also be subject to oversight by the Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau (CFPB), which could result in additional reporting requirements or increased scrutiny. Other proprietary 
postsecondary institutions have been subject to recent information requests from the CFPB with regard to their 
private student loan programs. The possibility of litigation, and the associated cost, are risks associated with this 
student loan program. At least two proprietary education institutions have been subject to recent lawsuits under 
the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010; the institutions are accused of  having unfair private student loan 
programs and of allegedly engaging in certain abusive practices, including interfering with students' ability to 
understand their debt obligations and failing to provide certain material information. 

Changes in laws or public policy could negatively impact the viability of this student loan program and 
cause us to delay or suspend the program. Additionally, depending on the terms of the loans, state consumer credit 
regulators may assert that our activities in connection with the student loan program require us to obtain one or 
more licenses, registrations or other forms of regulatory approvals, any of which may not be able to be obtained 
in a timely manner, if at all. All of these factors could result in the proprietary loan program having a material 
adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on third parties to originate, process and service loans under our proprietary loan program.  If these 
companies fail or discontinue providing such services, our business could be harmed.

A state chartered bank with a small market capitalization originates loans under our proprietary loan 
program.  If the bank no longer provides service under the contract, we do not currently have an alternative bank 
to fulfill the demand.  There are a limited number of banks that are willing to participate in a program such as our 
proprietary loan program.  The time it could take us to replace the bank could result in an interruption in the loan 
origination process which could result in a decrease in our student populations.  Furthermore, a single company 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
processes loan applications and services the loans under our proprietary loan program.  There is a 90-day termination 
clause in the contract under which they provide these services.  If this company were to terminate the contract, we 
could experience an interruption in loan application processing or loan servicing, which could result in a decrease 
in our student populations.

Failure  on  our  part  to  maintain  and  expand  existing  industry  relationships  and  develop  new  industry 
relationships with our industry customers could impair our ability to attract and retain students.

We have extensive industry relationships that we believe afford us significant competitive strength and 
support our market leadership.  These relationships enable us to support undergraduate enrollment by attracting 
students through brand name recognition and the associated prospect of high-quality employment opportunities.  
Additionally, these relationships allow us to diversify funding sources, expand the scope and increase the number 
of programs we offer and reduce our costs and capital expenditures due to the fact that, pursuant to the terms of 
the underlying contracts with OEMs, we provide a variety of specialized training programs and typically do so 
using tools, equipment and vehicles provided by the OEMs.  These relationships also provide additional incremental 
revenue opportunities from training the employees of our industry customers.  Our success depends in part on our 
ability to maintain and expand our existing industry relationships and to enter into new industry relationships.  
Certain of our existing industry relationships, including those with American Honda Motor Co. Inc.; Mercury 
Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.; Suzuki Motor of America, Inc.; Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc. and 
Yamaha Motor Corp., USA, are not memorialized in writing and are based on verbal understandings.  As a result, 
the rights of the parties under these arrangements are less clearly defined than they would be had they been in 
writing.  Additionally, certain of our written agreements may be terminated without cause by the OEM.  Finally, 
certain  of  our  existing  industry  relationship  agreements  expire  within  the  next  six  months.   We  are  currently 
negotiating to renew these agreements and intend to renew them to the extent we can do so on satisfactory terms.  
The reduction or elimination of, or failure to renew any of our existing industry relationships, or our failure to 
enter into new industry relationships, could impair our ability to attract and retain students, require additional 
capital expenditures or increase expenses and have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations 
and financial condition.  

Competition could decrease our market share and create tuition pricing concerns.

The postsecondary education market is highly competitive. The elimination of ability-to-benefit options 
for  establishing  general  student  eligibility  for  Title  IV  Program  funds  beginning  July  1,  2012  has  increased 
competition for higher quality students. Some traditional public and private colleges and universities and community 
colleges, as well as other private career-oriented schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be 
similar to ours.  Most public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government 
subsidies and other financial sources not available to for-profit schools.  Some other for-profit education providers 
have  greater  financial  and  other  resources  which  may,  among  other  things,  allow  them  to  secure  industry 
relationships with some or all of the OEMs with which we have relationships, develop other high profile industry 
relationships or devote more resources to expanding their programs and their school network, all of which could 
affect the success of our marketing programs. Additionally, some other for-profit education providers already have 
a more extended or dense network of schools and campuses than we do, thus enabling them to recruit students 
more effectively from a wider geographic area.

We may limit tuition increases or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract 
students or pursue new market opportunities; however, if we cannot effectively respond to competitor changes, it 
could reduce our enrollments and our student populations. We cannot be sure that we will be able to compete 
successfully against current or future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by us will not adversely affect 
our market share, revenues and operating margin.

42

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop 
and integrate new programs in a cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.

Prospective  employers  of  our  graduates  demand  that  their  entry-level  employees  possess  appropriate 
technological skills. These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with technological advancements in the 
automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine industries.  Accordingly, educational programs at our 
schools must keep pace with those technological advancements.  Additionally, the method used to deliver curriculum 
has been evolving to include on-line delivery.  The expansion of our existing programs and the development of 
new  programs,  including  our Automotive Technology  and  Diesel Technology  II  curricula,  and  changes  in  the 
method in which we deliver them, may not be accepted by our students, prospective employers or the technical 
education market.  Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these 
new programs as quickly as the industries we serve require or as quickly as our competitors.  If we are unable to 
adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, 
our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our graduate employment rates could suffer.

Our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula are a blend of daily instructor-led theory 
and hands-on lab training complimented by interactive web-based learning, which is reflective of current industry 
training methods and standards.  The blended learning model combines several methodologies for communicating 
training  information  and  incorporates  on-site  classes,  real-time  web-based  learning  sessions  and  independent 
learning and is the standard used by our OEMs to provide continuous technical education.  If we are unable to 
address and respond to requirements such as training instructors to teach the curricula, develop an IT infrastructure 
that would effectively support this program, obtain the appropriate equipment to teach this program to our students, 
or obtain the appropriate regulatory approvals to teach and fund this program, we may not be able to successfully 
roll out the curricula to new or existing campuses in a timely and cost-effective manner.  If we are not able to 
effectively and efficiently integrate the curricula or experience delays in development, this could have a material 
adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Macroeconomic conditions, particularly unemployment, could adversely affect our business.  

The U.S. economy and the economies of other key industrialized countries are experiencing difficult and 
uncertain economic characteristics.  We believe that our enrollment is affected by changes in economic conditions, 
although the nature and magnitude of this effect are uncertain and may change over time.  While these conditions 
may have contributed to a portion of the past growth in our average full-time undergraduate student population as 
individuals sought to advance their education and improve their employment opportunities, during periods when 
the  unemployment  rate  declines  or  remains  stable  as  it  has  in  recent  years,  prospective  students  have  more 
employment options and recruiting new students has traditionally been more challenging.  Affordability concerns 
associated with increased living expenses and the availability of full- and part-time jobs for students attending 
classes have made it more challenging for us to attract and retain students.  The state of the general macroeconomic 
environment has had a negative impact on price sensitivity and on the ability and willingness of students and their 
families to incur debt.  Furthermore, these circumstances may continue to reduce the willingness of employers to 
sponsor educational opportunities for their employees, and affect the ability of our students to find employment 
in the auto, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle or marine industries, any of which could materially and adversely 
affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans, such as the elimination 
of Pell, could adversely impact the ability of borrowers with little or poor credit history, such as many of our 
students, to borrow the necessary funds at an acceptable interest rate.  These events could adversely affect the 
ability or willingness of our former students to repay student loans, which could increase our student loan cohort 
default rate and require increased time, attention and resources to manage these defaults.

43

We rely heavily on the reliability and performance of an internally developed student management and reporting 
system, and any difficulties in maintaining this system may result in service interruptions, decreased customer 
service, or increased expenditures.

The software that underlies our student management and reporting has been developed primarily by our 
own employees.  The reliability and continuous availability of this internal system and related integrations are 
critical to our business.  Any interruptions that hinder our ability to timely deliver our services, or that materially 
impact the efficiency or cost with which we provide these services, or our ability to attract and retain computer 
programmers with knowledge of the appropriate computer programming language, would adversely affect our 
reputation and profitability and our ability to conduct business and  prepare financial reports.  Additionally, many 
of the software systems we currently use will need to be enhanced over time or replaced with equivalent commercial 
products, either of which could entail considerable effort and expense.

System disruptions and security threats to our computer networks could have a material adverse effect on our 
business.

Our computer systems as well as those of our service providers are vulnerable to interruption, malfunction 
or damage due to events beyond our control, including malicious human acts committed by foreign or domestic 
persons, natural disasters, and network and communications failures. We have established a written data breach 
incident response policy which we test informally and formally at least annually. Additionally, we periodically 
perform  vulnerability  self-assessments  and  engage  service  providers  to  perform  independent  vulnerability 
assessments and penetration tests. However, despite network security measures, our servers and the servers at our 
service  providers  are  potentially  vulnerable  to  physical  or  electronic  unauthorized  access,  computer  hackers, 
computer viruses, malicious code, organized cyber attacks and other security problems and system disruptions.  
Despite the precautions we and our service providers have taken, our systems may still be vulnerable to these 
threats. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary or personally identifiable 
information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. Sustained or repeated system failures or security 
breaches that interrupt our ability to process information in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect 
on our operations. Although we maintain insurance in respect of these types of events, available insurance proceeds 
may not be adequate to compensate us for damages sustained due to these events.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow 
our business.

Our success to date has depended, and will continue to depend, largely on the skills, efforts and motivation 
of our executive officers who generally have significant experience with our company and within the technical 
education industry.  Our success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified 
faculty, campus presidents, administrators and corporate management.  Due to the nature of our business we face 
significant competition in the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek.  The 
for-profit education sector is under significant regulatory and government scrutiny, which may make it more difficult 
to attract and retain talent.  Additionally, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us.  Because 
we do not currently carry “key man” life insurance, the loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our 
failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could impair our ability 
to successfully manage our business.

If we are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our admissions representatives, the effectiveness 
of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

In order to support revenue growth and student enrollment, we need to hire and train new admissions 
representatives, as well as retain and continue to develop our existing admissions representatives, who are our 
employees dedicated to student recruitment. Our ability to develop a strong admissions representative team may 
be affected by a number of factors, including the following: our ability to integrate and motivate our admissions 

44

 
representatives;  our  ability  to  effectively  train  our  admissions  representatives;  the  length  of  time  it  takes  new 
admissions  representatives  to  become  productive;  the  competition  we  face  from  other  companies  in  hiring, 
compensating  and  retaining  admissions  representatives  and  our  ability  to  effectively  manage  a  multi-location 
educational organization. Effective July 1, 2011, we made modifications to our employee compensation structure 
in order to comply with the elimination of the safe harbors in the regulations in place prior to this date. These 
modifications affected the compensation structure for our admissions representatives, including the elimination of 
their  variable  compensation.  Additionally,  we  implemented  compensation  changes  for  our  field  admissions 
representatives effective July 1, 2014. As a result of these changes and the macroeconomic conditions impacting 
our business, we have experienced and may continue to experience a decrease in our enrollment rates. Our existing 
compensation structure and any future changes to admissions representative compensation may result in a continued 
decrease in our enrollment rates. If we are unable to hire, develop or retain quality admissions representatives, the 
effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

Our financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue to develop awareness and acceptance of 
our programs among high school graduates, military personnel and adults seeking advanced training.

The awareness of our programs among high school graduates, military personnel and working adults 
seeking advanced training is critical to the continued acceptance and growth of our programs.  Our inability to 
continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce our enrollments, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. The following are some of the factors that 
could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

student dissatisfaction with our programs and services; 

diminished access to high school student populations, including school district limitations on access 
to students by for-profit institutions; 

reduced access to military bases and installations;

our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors related to our marketing or advertising 
practices; 

our inability to maintain relationships with automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine 
manufacturers and suppliers; 

availability of funding sources acceptable to our students; and

recruitment of veterans or other potential students without formal education by our industry partners 
and other manufacturers.

Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading price of our 
common stock.

In reviewing our results of operations, you should not focus on quarter-to-quarter comparisons.  Our 
results in any quarter may not indicate the results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full year.  
Our revenues normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in 
total student population.  Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student 
attrition.  Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our third fiscal quarter than in the remainder 
of our fiscal year because fewer students are enrolled during the summer months.  Our expenses, however, do not 
generally vary at the same rate as changes in our student population and revenues and, as a result, such expenses 
do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis.  We expect quarterly fluctuations in results of operations to 
continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns.  Such patterns may change, however, as a result of acquisitions, 
new school openings, new program introductions and increased enrollments of adult students.  Additionally, our 
revenues for our first fiscal quarter are adversely affected by the fact that we do not recognize revenue during the 
45

 
calendar year-end holiday break which falls primarily in that quarter.  These fluctuations may result in volatility 
or have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report 
our financial results or prevent fraud.  As a result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence in 
our financial reporting which would harm our business and the trading price of our stock.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by or under the supervision of our principal 
executive and principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America.  Our internal control structure is also designed to provide 
reasonable assurance that fraud would be detected or prevented before our financial statements could be materially 
affected.

Because of inherent limitations, our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
all misstatements.  Additionally, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the 
risks that our controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance 
with our policies and procedures may deteriorate.

If our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, our historical financial statements could 

require restatement which could negatively impact our reputation and lead to a decline in our stock price.

Failure on our part to effectively identify, establish and operate additional schools or campuses could reduce 
our ability to implement our growth strategy.

As  part  of  our  business  strategy  we  anticipate  opening  and  operating  new  schools  or  campuses.  
Establishing new schools or campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make investments in management 
and capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses and devote other resources that are different, and in some cases 
greater, than those required with respect to the operation of acquired schools.  Accordingly, when we open new 
schools, initial investments could reduce our profitability.  To open a new school or campus, we would be required 
to obtain appropriate state and accrediting commission approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner 
that could significantly affect our growth plans.  Additionally, to be eligible for Title IV Program funding, a new 
school or campus would have to be certified by ED.  We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify suitable 
expansion opportunities to maintain or accelerate our current growth rate or that we will be able to successfully 
integrate or profitably operate any new schools or campuses.  Our failure to effectively identify, establish and 
manage the operations of newly established schools or campuses could slow our growth and make any newly 
established schools or campuses more costly to operate than we have historically experienced.

We may be unable to successfully complete or integrate future acquisitions.

We may consider selective acquisitions in the future.  We may not be able to complete any acquisitions 
on favorable terms or, even if we do, we may not be able to successfully integrate the acquired businesses into our 
business.  Integration challenges include, among others, regulatory approvals, significant capital expenditures, 
assumption of known and unknown liabilities, our ability to control costs, and our ability to integrate new personnel.  
The successful integration of future acquisitions may also require substantial attention from our senior management 
and the senior management of the acquired schools, which could decrease the time that they devote to the day-to-
day management of our business.  If we do not successfully address risks and challenges associated with acquisitions, 
including integration, future acquisitions could harm, rather than enhance, our operating performance.  Additionally, 
if we consummate an acquisition, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly.  A future 
acquisition  could  result  in  the  incurrence  of  debt  and  contingent  liabilities,  an  increase  in  interest  expense, 
amortization expenses, goodwill and other intangible assets, charges relating to integration costs or an increase in 
the number of shares outstanding.  In addition, our acquisition of a school is a change of ownership of that school, 

46

which may result in the temporary suspension of that school’s participation in federal student financial aid programs 
until it obtains ED’s approval.  These results could have a negative effect on our cash flows, results of operations 
and financial condition or result in dilution to current stockholders.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, which may become impaired and subject to a write-down.

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated fair values of the 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which might result 
from the deterioration in the operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse 
changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other circumstances.  Any resulting impairment 
charge would be recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is identified. 

Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and marine education business in 1998.  We 
allocated such goodwill, which totaled $20.6 million as of September 30, 2014, to two of our reporting units that 
provide the related educational programs. We assess our goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each 
fiscal  year. Actual  experience  will  differ  from  the  amounts  included  in  our  assessment,which  could  result  in 
impairment of our goodwill in the future.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

Campuses and Other Properties

The following sets forth certain information relating to our campuses and corporate headquarters:

Location

Campuses:

Arizona (Avondale)

Arizona (Phoenix)

California (Rancho Cucamonga)

California (Sacramento)

Florida (Orlando)
Illinois (Lisle)

Massachusetts (Norwood)

Brand

UTI

MMI

UTI

UTI

UTI/MMI
UTI

UTI

North Carolina (Mooresville)

NASCAR Tech

Pennsylvania (Exton)

Texas (Dallas/Ft. Worth)

Texas (Houston)

UTI

UTI

UTI

Approximate
Square
Footage

Leased or
Owned

267,400

129,400

187,300

239,100

227,100
180,000

239,500

146,000

188,800

95,000

221,300

 Leased

 Leased

 Leased

 Leased

 Leased
 Leased

 Leased

 Leased

 Leased

 Owned

 Leased

Corporate
Headquarters: Arizona (Scottsdale)

Headquarters

84,300

 Leased

All leased properties listed above are leased with remaining terms that range from approximately two to 

17 years.  Many of the leases are renewable for additional terms at our option.

We anticipate opening our Long Beach, California campus in late summer 2015.

47

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically subject to lawsuits, demands in arbitrations, 
investigations, regulatory proceedings or other claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving current and 
former students, routine employment matters, business disputes and regulatory demands.  When we are aware of 
a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result 
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we would accrue a liability for the loss. When a loss is 
not both probable and estimable, we do not accrue a liability. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible, 
including if a loss in excess of an accrued liability is reasonably possible, we determine whether it is possible to 
provide an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim. Because we cannot predict 
with  certainty  the  ultimate  resolution  of  the  legal  proceedings  (including  lawsuits,  investigations,  regulatory 
proceedings or claims) asserted against us, it is not currently possible to provide such an estimate. The ultimate 
outcome of pending legal proceedings to which we are a party may have a material adverse effect on our business, 
cash flows, results of operations or financial condition.

In September 2012, we received a Civil Investigative Demand (CID) from the Attorney General of the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts related to a pending investigation in connection with allegations that we caused 
false claims to be submitted to the Commonwealth relating to student loans, guarantees and grants provided to 
students at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus. The CID required us to produce documents and provide written 
testimony regarding a broad range of our business from September 2006 to the present.  We responded timely to 
the request, as well as to follow-up requests for additional information. The Attorney General has not contacted 
us regarding this matter since a follow-up request for documents in February 2013.  At this time, we cannot predict 
the eventual scope, duration, outcome or associated costs of this request and accordingly we have not recorded 
any liability in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.  

The executive officers of UTI are set forth in this table.  All executive officers serve at the direction of 

the Board of Directors.  Ms. McWaters also serves as a director of UTI.

Name

Age Position

Kimberly J. McWaters

50 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.

54 President and Chief Financial Officer

Kenneth J. Cranston

51 Senior Vice President, Admissions

Chad A. Freed

Jeffry B. May

Bryce H. Peterson

Sherrell E. Smith

Rhonda R. Turner

41 General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Business Development

44 Senior Vice President, Marketing

36 Senior Vice President, Information Technology

51 Senior Vice President, Operations

41 Senior Vice President, People Services

Kimberly J. McWaters has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2003, as the Chairman 
of our Board of Directors since December 2013 and as a director on our Board since February 2005.  Ms. McWaters 
served as UTI’s President from 2000 to March 2011 and previously served on our Board from 2002 to 2003. From 
1984 to 2000, Ms. McWaters held several positions with UTI, including Vice President of Marketing and Vice 

48

 
 
President of Sales and Marketing. Ms. McWaters also serves as a director of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and 
Mobile Mini, Inc. Ms. McWaters received a BS in Business Administration from the University of Phoenix.

Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. has served as our President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2011.  Mr. 
Putnam served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from July 2008 to March 2011 and he 
served as our interim Chief Financial Officer from January 2008 to July 2008.  From June 2005 to May 2007, Mr. 
Putnam served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Aegis Mortgage Corporation which 
declared bankruptcy in August 2007.  From July 2003 to June 2005, Mr. Putnam served as President of Coastal 
Securities L.P. and from March 2001 to March 2003, Mr. Putnam served as Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of Sterling Bancshares, Inc.  Mr. Putnam also spent 14 years as Director of Investor Relations 
and in various corporate finance positions with SunTrust Banks, Inc.  Mr. Putnam also serves as a director of 
Community Bankers Trust Corporation. Mr. Putnam received his MBA from the University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill and holds a BS in Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Kenneth J. Cranston has served as our Senior Vice President, Admissions since July 2010.  From December 
2009 to June 2010, he served as Regional Vice President of Operations.  Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Cranston was 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Terion, Inc., a leading provider of wireless tracking technology for the 
transportation industry.  Before joining Terion, Inc., he spent much of his career in sales and marketing for industry 
leaders such as NBC, Western Union and Telespectrum Worldwide, where he served as National Vice President 
of Sales and Marketing.  Mr. Cranston received his BA in Economics from Iona College.

Chad A. Freed has served as our General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Business Development since 
March 2009 and is also our Corporate Secretary.  Mr. Freed served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel from 
February 2005 to March 2009 and as inside legal counsel since March 2004. Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Freed was 
a Senior Associate in the Corporate Finance and Securities department at Bryan Cave LLP. Mr. Freed received his 
Juris Doctor from Tulane University and holds a BS in International Business and French from Pennsylvania State 
University.

Jeffry B. May has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing since September 2014.   Mr. May served 
as Vice President, Integrated Marketing & Analytics from September 2013 to September 2014, as Vice President, 
Marketing  Operations  &  Analytics  from  October  2012  to  September  2013,  and  as  Vice  President,  Student 
Experience & Operational Excellence from March 2009 to October 2012.  Prior to joining UTI, Mr. May served 
as First Vice President Capital Markets from 2005 to 2009 and as Vice President and Senior Finance Manager from 
2002 to 2004 at Washington Mutual.  Mr. May holds a BS in Economics from the University of Arizona.

Bryce H. Peterson has served as our Senior Vice President, Information Technology since June 2012.  Mr. 
Peterson served as Vice President of Information Technology from March 2011 to June 2012, as Vice President of 
Internal Audit Services from March 2010 to March 2011 and as Information Technology Audit Manager from 
October 2008 to February 2010.  Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Peterson served in a variety of positions at KPMG, 
LLP; Brigham Young University; and Fenton Enterprises.  Mr. Peterson received his MS in Information Systems 
Management and holds a BS in Business Management from Brigham Young University.

Sherrell E. Smith has served as our Senior Vice President, Operations since August 2012.  During his 
previous tenure with UTI from 1986 to 2009, Mr. Smith held several positions with UTI including Campus President, 
Regional Vice President of Operations, Senior Vice President of Operations and Education and Executive Vice 
President  of  Operations.    Prior  to  his  return  to  UTI,  Mr.  Smith  advised  a  private  equity  firm  on  acquisition 
opportunities  in  the  education  field  and  served  as  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the American  Institute  of 
Technology.  Mr. Smith received a BS in Management from Arizona State University.

Rhonda R. Turner has served as our Senior Vice President of People Services (Human Resources) since 
June 2010.   Ms. Turner served as Vice President of People Services from August 2009 to May 2010, as Vice 
President of People Services Partnerships & Training from January 2008 to July 2009 and as Director, People 

49

 
Services Partnerships, from January 2006 to December 2007.  Prior to joining UTI, Ms. Turner served in human 
resources leadership positions at ConocoPhillips, Circle K and Main Street Restaurant Group, Inc., a TGI Friday’s 
franchisee. Ms. Turner received her BS in Human Resources Management from Arizona State University.

50

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II

Market Information

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “UTI”.

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share for our common stock, as 

reported by the NYSE, for the periods indicated.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014:

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013:

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

Price Range of

 Common Stock

High

Low

15.16

14.36

13.70

12.88

$

$

$

$

11.07

11.34

10.52

9.25

Price Range of

 Common Stock

High

Low

13.97

12.83

12.67

12.58

$

$

$

$

8.00

9.82

9.96

10.02

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

The closing price of our common stock as reported by the NYSE on November 24, 2014, was $10.98 per 

share.  As of November 24, 2014, there were 32 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

On December 20, 2013; March 31, 2014; June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014, we paid cash dividends 
of $0.10 per share to common stockholders of record as of December 10, 2013; March 17, 2014, June 20, 2014 
and September 19, 2014.  The aggregate payment was approximately $9.9 million.  On December 21, 2012; March 
29, 2013; June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013, we paid cash dividends of $0.10 per share to common stockholders 
of record as of December 7, 2012; March 15, 2013, June 21, 2013 and September 20, 2013. The aggregate payment 
was approximately $9.8 million.

We continuously evaluate our cash position in light of growth opportunities, operating results and general 
market conditions.  Periodically, we may continue to return shareholder earnings through cash dividends or stock 
51

 
repurchases, or a combination thereof.

Repurchase of Securities

The following table summarizes the purchase of equity securities for the three months ended September 

30, 2014:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

(a) Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased (1)

(b) Average
Price Paid per
Share

— $
— $

131,416
$
131,416 $

—
—

10.67
10.67

(c) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

(d) Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May Yet 
Be Purchased Under 
the Plans Or 
Programs
(In thousands) (2)

— $
— $

— $

— $

17,757
17,757

17,757

17,757

Period

July 1-31, 2014
August 1-31, 2014

September 1-30, 2014

Total

(1) 

Shares  purchased  in  September  represent  shares  of  common  stock  withheld  by  us  as  payment  of  the 
individual's tax obligations on the vesting of shares of our common stock, which were granted subject to 
forfeiture  restrictions  under  our  2003  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (the  2003  Plan).  Such  shares  are 
returned to the pool of shares issuable under the 2003 Plan.

(2) 

On December 20, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25.0 million of our 
common stock in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.

52

 
Stock Performance Graph 

The following Stock Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” 
or “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor should such information be incorporated by reference 
into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, 
except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference in such filing.

This graph compares total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock during the period from 
September 30, 2009 through September 30, 2014 with the cumulative return on the NYSE Stock Market Index 
(U.S. Companies) and a Peer Issuer Group Index.  The peer issuer group consists of the companies identified below, 
which were selected on the basis of the similar nature of their business.  The graph assumes that $100 was invested 
on September 30, 2009, and any dividends were reinvested on the date on which they were paid.

220.0

200.0

180.0

160.0

140.0

120.0

100.0

80.0

60.0

40.0

202.2

100.0

55.5

43.1

33.7

20.0

9/30/2009

9/30/2010

9/30/2011

9/30/2012

9/30/2013

9/30/2014

Symbol

CRSP Total Returns Index for:

09/2009

09/2010

09/2011

09/2012

09/2013

09/2014

Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

NYSE Stock Market (US Companies)

New Peer Group

Former Peer Group

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

105.9

111.7

76.1

72.3

73.6

110.8

54.3

50.3

76.0

143.1

38.1

33.5

69.7

174.0

38.1

29.7

55.5

202.2

43.1

33.7

Companies in the New Self-Determined Peer Group

      Apollo Group, Inc.

      DeVry Education Group Inc.

      I T T Educational Services, Inc.

      Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Career Education Corporation

Grand Canyon Education, Inc.

Strayer Education, Inc.

53

 
Companies in the Former Self-Determined Peer Group

      Apollo Group, Inc.

      Corinthian Colleges, Inc.

      I T T Educational Services, Inc.

      Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Career Education Corporation

DeVry Education Group Inc.

Strayer Education, Inc.

Notes:

      A.  The lines represent quarterly index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends.

      B.  The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day.

      C.  If the quarterly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used.

      D.  The index level for all series was set to $100 on 09/30/2009.

            Prepared by Zacks Investment Research, Inc.  Used with permission.  All rights reserved.

54

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA   

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the 
periods  indicated.   You  should  read  the  selected  financial  data  set  forth  below  together  with  “Management’s 
Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  our  consolidated  financial 
statements included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.  The selected consolidated statement of operations 
data and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of and for the year ended September 30, 2014 have been 
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.  We revised the financial results of prior periods in 
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2014.  The selected consolidated statement of operations data and selected 
consolidated balance sheet data as of and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 set forth 
below have been derived from the revised financial information included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
2014.  

2014

Year Ended September 30,
2011
2012
($'s in thousands, except per share amounts)

2013

2010

Statement of Operations Data: (1) (7)
Revenues (2)
Operating expenses:
Educational services and facilities
Selling, general and administrative
Total operating expenses
Income from operations (2)
Interest (expense) income, net (3)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
Other income, net
Income before taxes (2)
Income tax expense
Net income
Net income per share:
   Basic
   Diluted
Weighted average shares (in thousands):
   Basic
   Diluted
Cash dividends declared per common share
Other Data: (1)
Depreciation and amortization (4)
Number of campuses 
Average undergraduate enrollments
Balance Sheet Data: (1) (7)
Cash and cash equivalents (5) 
Current assets (5)
Working capital (deficit) (5)
Total assets (4) (6)
Total shareholders' equity (4)

$ 378,393

$ 380,322

$ 413,629

$ 451,983

$ 436,041

200,054
172,002
372,056
6,337

(1,624)

471
563
5,747
3,710
2,037

0.08
0.08

24,640
24,920
0.40

$

$
$

$

199,540
174,757
374,297
6,025

234

—
655
6,914
3,013
3,901

0.16
0.16

24,515
24,704
0.40

$

$
$

$

211,979
187,397
399,376
14,253

302

—
545
15,100
5,985
9,115

223,628
183,695
407,323
44,660

252

212,608
177,151
389,759
46,282

250

—
291
45,203
18,239
$ 26,964

—
480
47,012
18,346
$ 28,666

0.37
0.37

24,711
24,937
0.30

$
$

$

1.10
1.09

$
$

1.19
1.17

24,427
24,740
—

24,041
24,511
1.5

$

$
$

$

$ 20,474
11
14,400

$ 22,156
11
15,000

$ 23,819
11
16,500

$ 24,842
11
18,500

$ 19,888
11
18,600

$ 38,985
$ 127,532
$ 25,197
$ 288,069
$ 133,192

$ 34,596
$ 134,079
$ 41,380
$ 280,194
$ 139,164

$ 44,611
$ 135,594
$ 35,847
$ 268,768
$ 146,388

$ 52,203
$ 134,339
$ 28,451
$ 266,453
$ 141,643

$ 47,588
$ 115,944
(6,937)
$
$ 243,012
$ 108,194

55

(1)  In 2010, we opened a campus in Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas, which contributed to the fluctuation in our results 

of operations and financial position during 2011 and 2010.

(2)  The decline in our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment in 2012, 2013 and 2014 contributed to 

the decrease in revenues, income from operations, and income before taxes as compared to 2010 and 2011.

(3)  In 2014, we began recording interest expense related to amortization of the financing obligation for our Lisle, 

Illinois campus.

(4)  In 2012 and 2011, depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily due to the opening of our Dallas/
Ft. Worth, Texas campus and the implementation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II 
curricula.

(5)  In 2014 and 2013, we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.10 per share totaling $9.9 million and $9.8 million, 
respectively.  In 2012, we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.10 per share in March, June, and September 
totaling $7.4 million.  In 2010, we paid a special cash dividend on common stock of $1.50 per share totaling 
$36.3 million.  In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we used cash and cash equivalents to repurchase approximately $1.4 
million, $5.4 million and  $1.8 million, respectively, of our common shares, which decreased cash and cash 
equivalents, current assets and working capital.  

(6)  In 2012, we entered into various agreements to relocate our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus to and design 
and build a campus in Lisle, Illinois.  Pursuant to these agreements, we invested approximately $4.0 million 
to acquire an equity interest of approximately 28% in a related joint venture.  We recorded approximately 
$25.2 million and $2.4 million in property and equipment with a corresponding amount as a construction 
liability as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In January 2014, we entered into amended lease 
agreements for certain buildings on our Orlando, Florida campus, which extended the lease terms and modified 
the scheduled rental payments.  We  are  considered  the  owner  during  the  construction  period.  During  the 
construction period, which began June 1, 2014, the existing building and the addition are considered one unit 
of account.  Accordingly, at the beginning of the construction period, we recorded approximately $4.8 million 
in property and equipment and a related short-term financing obligation.

(7)  During the three months ended September 30, 2014, we revised our previously issued financial statements 
from  2009  through  the  third  quarter  of  2014  to  reflect  the  cumulative  impact  of  certain  immaterial  error 
corrections. For additional information related to this revision, and for tables presenting the impact of the 
revision on our consolidated financial statements presented in this Report on Form 10-K, see Note 4 of the 
notes  to  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  within  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Report  on  Form  10-K. The 
following tables present the impact of this revision on our consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 
2012, 2011 and 2010 and our consolidated income statements for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 
2010:

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Total shareholders' equity

September 30, 2012

As Reported

Adjustment

As Revised

$

$

$

$

45,665

134,984

268,158

146,085

$

$

$

$

(1,054) $
$
610

610

303

$

$

44,611

135,594

268,768

146,388

56

 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Total shareholders' equity

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Total shareholders' equity

Consolidated Income Statement Data:

Revenues

Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Income before taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Consolidated Income Statement Data:

Revenues

Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Income before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

September 30, 2011

As Reported

Adjustment

As Revised

$

$

$

$

53,670

133,915

266,029

141,423

$

$

$

$

(1,467) $
$
424

424

220

$

$

52,203

134,339

266,453

141,643

September 30, 2010

As Reported

Adjustment

As Revised

$

$

$

$

48,974

115,656

242,724

108,041

$

$

$

$

(1,386) $
$
288

288

153

$

$

47,588

115,944

243,012

108,194

As Reported

September 30, 2011
Adjustment

As Revised

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

451,900

183,726

407,354

44,546

45,089

18,192

26,897

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
83
(31) $
(31) $
$
114

114

47

67

$

$

$

451,983

183,695

407,323

44,660

45,203

18,239

26,964

As Reported

September 30, 2010
Adjustment

As Revised

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

435,921

177,194

389,802

46,119

46,849

18,283

28,566

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

120
$
(43) $
(43) $
$
163

163

63

100

$

$

$

436,041

177,151

389,759

46,282

47,012

18,346

28,666

57

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

You should read the following discussion together with the "Selected Financial Data" and the consolidated 
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.  This discussion contains 
forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our business 
and operations.  Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such 
forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” 
and elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

General Overview

We  are  the  leading  provider  of  postsecondary  education  for  students  seeking  careers  as  professional 
automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured by total average undergraduate 
enrollment and graduates.  We offer undergraduate degree or diploma programs at 11 campuses across the United 
States.  We also offer advanced training programs, including both student paid electives at our campuses and 
manufacturer or dealer sponsored training at certain campuses and dedicated training centers.  We have provided 
technical education for 49 years.

Our revenues consist principally of student tuition and fees derived from the programs we provide and 
are presented after reductions related to discounts and scholarships we sponsor, refunds for students who withdraw 
from our programs prior to specified dates and the portion of tuition students have funded through our proprietary 
loan program.  We generally recognize tuition revenue and fees ratably over the terms of the various programs we 
offer.  We supplement our tuition revenues with additional revenues from sales of textbooks and program supplies 
and other revenues, all of which are recognized as sales occur or services are performed.  In aggregate, these 
additional revenues represented approximately 2% or less of our total revenues in each year for the three-year 
period ended September 30, 2014.  Tuition revenue and fees generally vary based on the average number of students 
enrolled and average tuition charged per program.

Average undergraduate full-time student enrollments vary depending on, among other factors, the number 
of continuing students at the beginning of a period, new student enrollments during the period, students who have 
previously withdrawn but decide to re-enroll during the period, graduations and withdrawals during the period.  
Our  average  undergraduate  full-time  student  enrollments  are  influenced  by:  the  attractiveness  of  our  program 
offerings to high school graduates and potential adult students; the effectiveness of our marketing efforts; the depth 
of our industry relationships; the strength of employment markets and long term career prospects; the quality of 
our instructors and student services professionals; the persistence of our students; the length of our education 
programs; the availability of federal and alternative funding for our programs; the number of graduates of our 
programs who elect to attend the advanced training programs we offer and general economic conditions.  Our 
introduction of additional program offerings at existing campuses and opening additional campuses is expected to 
influence our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment.  We currently offer start dates at our campuses 
that range from every three to six weeks throughout the year in our undergraduate programs.  The number of start 
dates of advanced training programs varies by the duration of those programs and the needs of the manufacturers 
which sponsor them.

Our tuition charges vary by type and length of our programs and the program level, such as undergraduate 
or advanced training.  Tuition rates have increased by approximately 2% to 4% for the years ended September 30, 
2014 and 2013, and 3% to 5% for the year ended September 30, 2012.  We regularly evaluate our tuition pricing 
based on individual campus markets, the competitive environment and ED regulations.

Most  students  at  our  campuses  rely  on  funds  received  under  various  government-sponsored  student 
financial  aid  programs,  predominantly  Title  IV  Programs  and  various  veterans  benefits  programs,  to  pay  a 

58

substantial  portion  of  their  tuition  and  other  education-related  expenses.    In  2014,  approximately  66%  of  our 
revenues, on a cash basis as defined by ED, were derived from federal student financial aid programs. Additionally, 
approximately 20% of our revenues, on a cash basis, were collected from funds distributed under various veterans 
benefits programs for the year ended September 30, 2014.

We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of time, to the majority of our students.  Our 
credit risk is mitigated through the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students 
withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV funds for those students.  The financial aid and veterans benefits 
programs are subject to political and budgetary considerations.  There is no assurance that such funding will be 
maintained at current levels.  Extensive and complex regulations govern the financial assistance programs in which 
our students participate.  Our administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory 
agencies.  Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of potential adverse actions including a 
suspension, limitation, placement on reimbursement status or termination proceeding which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business.  

If any of our institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, 
the students at that institution, and other locations of that institution, would lose access to funds derived from those 
programs and would have to seek alternative sources of funds to pay their tuition and fees.  The receipt of financial 
aid funds reduces the students’ amounts due to us and has no impact on revenue recognition, as the transfer relates 
to the source of funding for the costs of education which may occur through Title IV or other funds and resources 
available to the student. Additionally, we bear all credit and collection risk for the portion of our student tuition 
that is funded through our proprietary loan program.

We categorize our operating expenses as (i) educational services and facilities and (ii) selling, general 

and administrative.

Major  components  of  educational  services  and  facilities  expenses  include  faculty  and  other  campus 
administration  employees  compensation  and  benefits,  facility  rent,  maintenance,  utilities,  depreciation  and 
amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of educational services, tools, training aids, royalties 
under our licensing arrangements and other costs directly associated with teaching our programs and providing 
educational services to our students.

Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation and benefits of employees who are 
not directly associated with the provision of educational services, such as: executive management; finance and 
central accounting; legal; human resources; marketing and student enrollment expenses, including compensation 
and benefits of personnel employed in marketing and student admissions; costs of professional services; bad debt 
expense; costs associated with the implementation and operation of our student management and reporting system; 
rent for our corporate office headquarters; depreciation and amortization of property and equipment that is not 
used in the provision of educational services and other costs that are incidental to our operations.  All marketing 
and student enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred.  Costs related to the opening of new facilities, 
excluding related capital expenditures, are expensed in the period incurred or when services are provided.

2014 Overview 

 Operations

Lower student population levels as we began 2014, combined with lower new student starts throughout 
the year, resulted in a 4.0% decline in our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment to approximately 
14,400 students for the year ended September 30, 2014. We started approximately 13,600 students during the year 
ended September 30, 2014, which represents a decrease of 9.3% as compared to a decrease of 4.5% for the year 
ended September 30, 2013.  The decrease in starts was primarily the result of certain macro-economic headwinds 
and regulatory challenges.  

59

 
Several factors continue to challenge our ability to start new students including the following: 

•  The  amount  of  Title  IV  financial  aid  available  decreased  during  2012  which  increased  the 
difference between the amount of Title IV financial aid our students are eligible for and the cost 
of education; this difference requires students and their families to obtain additional financing;

• 

Incentive compensation changes which became effective July 1, 2011 limited the means by which 
we  may  compensate  our  admissions  representatives  and  required  significant  changes  to  our 
compensation  and  performance  management  processes. We  are  continuing  to  adapt  to  those 
changes within the organization;

•  Competition for prospective students continues to increase from within our sector and from our 
industry partners and other manufacturers, as well as with traditional post-secondary educational 
institutions;

•  The state of the general macro-economic environment and its impact on price sensitivity and the 

ability and willingness of students and their families to incur debt; and

•  Unemployment; during periods when the unemployment rate declines or remains stable as it has 

in recent years, prospective students have more employment options.

For further discussion on regulatory changes, see “Business - Regulatory Environment - Regulation of 
Federal Student Financial Aid Programs - Congressional Action” included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-
K.

Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2014 were $378.4 million, a decline of $1.9 million, or 
0.5%, from the prior year.  Revenues were negatively impacted by the decline in our average undergraduate full-
time student enrollment. The decrease was partially offset by tuition rate increases and an increase in industry 
training revenue. Additionally, our results of operations were impacted by an increase in advertising expenses, as 
we continue to invest in efforts to optimize our media mix. Offsetting the increase in advertising expenses were 
decreases in compensation costs, depreciation and amortization expense and legal expense. The decline in revenues 
and the overall decline in operating costs resulted in operating income of $6.3 million and net income of $2.0 
million. 

Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2014 excluded $23.2 million of tuition related to students 
participating in our proprietary loan program. Additionally, the increase in scholarships awarded in prior periods 
has resulted in an increase in discounts applied for students currently attending our programs. The increase was 
approximately $1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2014, respectively.

In  response  to  these  challenges,  we  continue  to  manage  discretionary  operating  costs,  including 
compensation expense, to develop our strong industry relationships and to provide alternative financial solutions 
to help students achieve their educational goals. During 2013 and 2014, we increased our need-based scholarships 
offerings as compared to previous years.  Additionally, we have taken steps to optimize our advertising spend, 
balancing the quality and quantity of inquiries, and we have implemented programs to improve the effectiveness 
of our admissions processes. 

Lease Transactions

Lisle, Illinois

As  previously  disclosed,  in  2012  we  entered  into  a  build-to-suit  lease,  a  construction  management 
agreement and a joint venture related to the relocation of our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus to Lisle, Illinois. 
We moved into our Lisle, Illinois campus during the three months ended December 31, 2013. The transaction was 

60

 
 
 
structured based on the desired economic outcome which has resulted in accounting for the lease as a financing 
obligation and the joint venture using the equity method. See Notes 9 and 11 of the notes to our Consolidated 
Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Long Beach, California

In October 2014, we entered into a 15-year lease agreement for a build-to-suit facility related to the design 
and construction of a new campus in Long Beach, California. Under the agreement, we have retained substantially 
all of the construction risk and therefore, for accounting purposes, are considered the owner during the construction 
period. Although we are owners during the construction period, we do not own the underlying land. Therefore, we 
have an imputed operating lease expense related to our use of the land that will be recognized from the time we 
entered into the agreement through the initial lease term. See Note 10 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial 
Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Orlando, Florida

In January 2014, we entered into amended lease agreements for certain buildings on our Orlando, Florida 
campus  which  extended  the  lease  terms  to  August 31,  2022  and  modified  the  scheduled  rental  payments.  
Additionally, one of the amendments included a provision which allows us to expand the square footage at one of 
the  buildings  by  approximately  13,500  square  feet  with  an  associated  tenant  improvement  allowance  of 
approximately $1.7 million.  Total project costs are estimated at approximately $2.0 million to $2.3 million and 
construction was completed in October 2014. We intend to utilize this space to support the integration of our Diesel 
Technology II program at this campus. We will begin teaching our diesel and industrial programs at this campus 
in January 2015.

Under the agreement, we have retained all construction risk and therefore, for accounting purposes, are 
considered the owner during the construction period. During the construction period, which began on June 1, 2014, 
the existing building and the addition are considered one unit of account and accordingly we recorded the existing 
building and a corresponding financing obligation of approximately $4.8 million on our consolidated balance sheet.  

Additionally, we have an imputed operating lease related to our use of the land during construction, which 
was completed during October 2014. During the construction period, the rental payment on the existing building 
is allocated to imputed land lease expense and interest expense, which is capitalized, and the remaining portion 
decreases the financing obligation.

We believe that we will not have continued involvement in the facility after the construction period is 
complete, and we anticipate that the lease will be accounted for as an operating lease.  See Note 9 of the notes to 
our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Veterans' Benefits

The percentage of our revenues, on a cash basis, which were collected from funds distributed under various 
veterans' benefits programs has increased to approximately 20% for the year ended September 30, 2014 from 
approximately 18% and 9% for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Beginning October 1, 
2011, the Post-9/11 GI Bill became effective for non-degree granting institutions of higher learning, allowing 
eligible veterans to use their Post-9/11 GI Bill benefits at all of our campuses, in addition to using existing veterans 
benefits such as the Montgomery GI Bill, REAP and VA Vocational Rehabilitation. The increase in the percentage 
of our revenues is attributable to a combination of the change in benefits and the overall decline in our average 
undergraduate full-time student enrollment as compared to prior years.

There continues to be Congressional activity around the requirements of the 90/10 Rule, such as reducing 
the 90% maximum under the rule to 85% or including military and veteran funding in the 90% portion of the 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
calculation. Potential changes to the 90/10 Rule could negatively impact our eligibility to participate in Title IV 
Programs.  A loss of eligibility would adversely affect our students’ access to Title IV Program funds they need to 
pay their educational expenses.  

As  described  in  “Business  -  Regulatory  Environment  -  Other  Federal  and  State  Programs”  included 
elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K, we are subject to a limit of 35% on the percentage of students per campus 
receiving benefits under certain veterans' benefits programs. One of our 11 campuses is operating near the 35% 
limit as of November 1, 2014; our remaining 10 campuses are at 30% or lower. If the VA determines that an 
institution is out of compliance with the applicable limit, the VA will continue to provide benefits to current students 
but will not provide benefits to newly enrolled students until the institution demonstrates compliance. 

Our access to military installations for student recruitment has become more limited due to recent changes 
in  the  Transition  Assistance  Program  (Transition  Goals,  Plans,  Success)  and  increased  enforcement  of  the 
requirement to possess an MOU with certain individual military installations.  Each of our institutions has an MOU 
with the U.S. Department of Defense. We have MOUs with certain key individual installations and are pursuing 
MOUs at additional locations. We continue to strengthen and develop relationships with our existing contacts and 
with new contacts in order to maintain and rebuild our access to military installations.  

Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II Integration

In March 2014, we began integrating the Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula at 
our Sacramento, California campus and we intend to integrate the new curricula at our Orlando, Florida campus 
in calendar year 2015. As discussed in “Business - Regulatory Environment - Other Federal and State Programs - 
Veterans' Benefits” included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K, the VA shares responsibility for VA benefit 
approval and oversight with designated State Approving Agencies. Currently, veterans enrolled at our Sacramento, 
California campus are taking courses under the Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology I curricula because 
the use of veteran’s benefits to fund courses under the new curriculum at this campus has not been authorized in 
California. We are in discussion with the California State Approving Agency for Veterans Education regarding the 
necessary approval and provided them with an alternative we believe will gain approval. However, we are not able 
to determine when, or if, the state agency will approve the program for veterans' benefits.

As we continue to integrate the curricula at our other automotive campuses in future years, we expect to 
make additional capital investments and incur higher than usual operating expenses. We anticipate capitalizing  
between $1.5 million to $1.9 million of training aids and leasehold improvements and incurring between $1.9 
million to $2.1 million in operating expenses related to these integration activities during the year ending September 
30, 2015.

Financial Statement Revision

During the year ended September 30, 2014, we revised our financial statements for immaterial errors that 
relate to prior periods. During the three months ended September 30, 2014 we identified $0.5 million (pre-tax) of 
retake revenue and $0.2 million (pre-tax) of bad debt expense reduction related to fees for student retakes for the 
periods from October 1, 2008 through June 30, 2014 which were not recorded. Additionally, we identified $0.2 
million (pre-tax) of contract services expense related to the outsourcing of certain financial aid processes that 
should have been recognized during the quarterly periods from October 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014.  Additionally, 
we recorded an immaterial balance sheet correction between cash and restricted cash related to funds held for 
students from Title IV financial program funds that result in credit balances on student accounts as of September 
30, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010. 

During  the  three  months  ended  September  30,  2014,  we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  revise  our 
previously issued financial statements to reflect the cumulative impact of the corrections. See Note 4 of the notes 
to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Graduate Employment

Identifying employment opportunities and preparing our graduates for these careers is critical to our ability 
to help our graduates benefit from their education.  Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining 
an effective employment team, as described in "Business - Graduate Employment" included in Part I, Item 1 of 
this Report of Form 10-K. We believe that our graduate employment services provide our students with a compelling 
value proposition and enhance the employment opportunities for our graduates.  We saw improvement in graduate 
employment rates for all of our programs for students who graduated in 2013, as compared to 2012.  

Our employment rates for 2013 and 2012 graduates were 88% and 85%, respectively.  The employment 
calculation  is  based  on  all  graduates,  including  those  that  completed  manufacturer  specific  advanced  training 
programs, from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013 and October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2012, respectively, 
excluding  graduates  not  available  for  employment  because  of  continuing  education,  military  service,  health, 
incarceration,  death  or  international  student  status.  Graduates  are  counted  as  employed  based  on  a  verified 
understanding of the graduate's job duties to assess and confirm that the graduates primary job responsibilities are 
in his or her field of study.  See Business - Graduate Employment" in this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion 
of  our  graduate  employment  activities.  For  2013,  we  had  approximately  10,600  total  graduates,  of  which 
approximately 9,900 were available for employment.  Of those graduates available for employment, approximately 
8,700 were employed within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 88%. For 2012, we had approximately 
12,200 total graduates, of which approximately 11,400 were available for employment. Of those graduates available 
for employment, approximately 9,600 were employed within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 85%.

Regulatory Environment

For a detailed discussion of the regulatory environment and related risks, see “Business - Regulatory 

Environment”, and Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

Gainful Employment

ED published the final gainful employment rule on October 31, 2014, which was the deadline in order 
for the new rule to take effect on July 1, 2015.  The final rule maintains the debt-to-earnings ratio and disclosure 
requirements published in ED’s March 2014 draft rule, but eliminates the proposed program cohort default rate. 
In addition to the debt-to-earnings calculations, the final rules include requirements for program certification and 
disclosure of program information and warnings.  For a summary of the final rules, see “Business - Regulatory 
Environment - Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs - Gainful Employment”.  We are not able 
to develop reliable estimates as to the potential outcome or impact of the final rules because the data previously 
provided by ED is dated and we do not have access to recent data which would be used in the calculations. 

Program Integrity and Improvement

In February, March and April 2014, ED conducted negotiated rulemaking sessions covering a variety of 
topics, the following of which may be impactful to us: the definition of adverse credit as it applies to Federal Direct 
PLUS loans, clock-to-credit hour conversion regulations and Title IV cash management. We continue to monitor 
activities relative to ED’s negotiations and proposed rules for any impact to our business. 

Congressional Action and Financial Aid Funding

In  January  2014,  Congress  passed  an  omnibus  spending  bill  to  fund  the  federal  government  through 
September 30, 2014, which the President signed on January 17, 2014.  The bill includes several elements related 
to higher education and restores campus-based funding programs to pre-sequester levels.  Additionally, it increases 
the maximum Pell grant for the 2014-15 award year from $5,645 to $5,730 per student.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accreditation

In June 2014, we received formal notification from the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and 
Colleges  (ACCSC)  granting  continuing  accreditation  with  reporting  for  our  Orlando,  Florida  campus. We  are 
required to submit an outcomes report in February 2015 demonstrating successful student achievement in one of 
our programs which had approximately 690 students eligible to graduate during 2010, and fell below ACCSC's 
graduation benchmark. We are working to improve the graduation rate for this program.  Once ACCSC determines 
that we meet the benchmark, the reporting status will be removed.  See “Business - Regulatory Environment - 
Accreditation" for additional discussion.

Our NASCAR Tech and Lisle, Illinois campuses received the “School of Excellence” designation by 
ACCSC.  The School of Excellence Award recognizes ACCSC-accredited institutions for their commitment to the 
expectations and rigors of ACCSC accreditation, as well as the efforts made by the institution in maintaining high-
levels of achievement among their students. In order to be eligible for the School of Excellence Award, an ACCSC-
accredited institution must meet the conditions of renewing accreditation without any finding of non-compliance, 
satisfy all requirements necessary to be in good standing with ACCSC and demonstrate that the majority of the 
schools’ student graduation and graduate employment rates for all programs offered meet or exceed the average 
rates of graduation and employment among all ACCSC-accredited institutions.

Massachusetts Regulations

On June 20, 2014 the Massachusetts Attorney General (MA AG) published new disclosure and business 
practice regulations applicable to proprietary schools operating in or recruiting from Massachusetts or providing 
services to residents of that state.  As published, the new regulations were effective immediately. The new disclosure 
obligations include, among other information, graduation, loan non-payment and placement data requirements that 
are uniquely defined by the MA AG and differ from data and calculation requirements historically applied to our 
schools by other regulating agencies. In addition to required disclosures, the new regulations also require various 
business practice changes including, among other items, a 72-hour waiting period between data disclosure and 
entering  into  an  enrollment  agreement  as  well  as  significant  limitations  on  contact  between  our  admissions 
representatives and prospective students. We have initiated company-wide ongoing efforts to comply with the new 
disclosure requirements and believe that we have made good faith efforts to comply with the immediately effective 
regulations.  These regulations have resulted in substantial changes to our recruiting operations in the New England 
region and to our Norwood, Massachusetts campus. We have experienced slight increases in our cost of doing 
business, and we have seen early indications of pressure on the number of inquiries compared to the number of 
student applications; however, the ultimate impact to our operations is currently unknown.

2015 Outlook

For the full year ending September 30, 2015, we expect new student starts as well as our average student 
population to be down in the mid-single digits.  While annual tuition increases will slightly offset the decline in 
average students, we expect revenue to decline approximately 3 to 4%. Despite lower revenue, with the efficiency 
improvements we have made, we expect to see year over year growth in operating income excluding the negative 
impact on operations of opening our new campus, which is estimated to be between $5 million and $6 million 
before income taxes. During the second half of the year, we expect to see year over year growth in both new student 
applications and starts which should have a positive impact on 2016. Capital expenditures are expected to be 
approximately $24 million in 2015, of which approximately $13 million will be attributable to our new campus.  
Due to the seasonality of our business and normal fluctuations in student populations, we would expect volatility 
in our quarterly results.

64

 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for 

each of the periods indicated.

Revenues

Operating expenses:

Educational services and facilities

Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income (expense), net

Other income

Total other income (expense)

Income before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Year Ended September 30,
2013

2012

2014

100.0 %

100.0%

100%

52.9 %

45.4 %

98.3 %

1.7 %

(0.5)%

0.3 %

(0.2)%

1.5 %

1.0 %

0.5 %

52.5%

45.9%

98.4%

1.6%

0.1%

0.1%

0.2%

1.8%

0.8%

1.0%

51.3%

45.3%

96.6%

3.4%

0.1%

0.1%

0.2%

3.6%

1.4%

2.2%

Year Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2013 

Revenues. Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2014 were $378.4 million, a decrease of $1.9 
million, or 0.5%, as compared to revenues of $380.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2013.  The 4.0% 
decrease  in  our  average  undergraduate  full-time  student  enrollment  resulted  in  a  decrease  in  revenues  of 
approximately $15.2 million. The decrease was partially offset by tuition rate increases between 2% and 4%, 
depending on the program, and an increase of $2.0 million in industry training revenue. Our revenues for the years 
ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 excluded $23.2 million and $19.5 million, respectively, of tuition related to 
students participating in our proprietary loan program. We recognized $3.5 million and $2.3 million of revenues 
and interest under the proprietary loan program for the years ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Over the past year, we have increased the amount of scholarships granted to our students to assist those 
who have a financial need in funding a portion of their education. Because scholarships are recognized ratably 
over the term of the student’s course or program in accordance with our revenue recognition policy, an increase 
in scholarships does not immediately impact revenues.  Discounts to revenues related to scholarships applied for 
students currently attending our programs increased approximately $1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 
2014.

65

 
 
 
Educational services and facilities expenses. Our educational services and facilities expenses for the 
year ended September 30, 2014 were  $200.1 million, representing an increase of $0.6 million, or 0.3%, as compared 
to $199.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2013.

The following table sets forth the significant components of our educational services and facilities 

expenses:

Salaries expense

Employee benefits and tax

Bonus expense

Stock-based compensation

Compensation and related costs
Occupancy costs

Other educational services and facilities expense

Depreciation and amortization expense

Supplies and maintenance

Tools and training aids expense

Year Ended September 30,

2014

2013

$

(In thousands)

87,809

$

16,566

816

587

105,778
36,270

20,653

18,469

9,647

9,237

$

200,054

$

86,963

16,746

928

617

105,254
37,151

20,956

18,600

9,351

8,228

199,540

Compensation  and  related  costs  increased  $0.5  million  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2014,  as 
compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to the the first phase of a restructuring undertaken 
in September 2014, which resulted in severance expense of approximately $0.3 million.  The restructuring was 
completed to continue to align our cost structure with our lower average student population. Salaries expense 
included an increase for normal salary merit increases, offset by planned employee attrition throughout the year 
resulting from our focus on cost controls. Additionally, bonus expense decreased primarily due to operating results 
lower than bonus payout thresholds during the current year as well as a reduction in the bonus plan payout levels 
for 2014. 

In October 2014, we completed the second phase of the restructuring resulting in severance expense of 
approximately $0.4 million. Combined with the first phase, we expect the restructuring activity to result in savings 
of approximately $2.0 million in compensation costs during the year ending September 30, 2015.

In December 2013, we recorded an asset and related financing obligation for our Lisle, Illinois campus. 
See Note 9 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-
K for further discussion. The related depreciation expense on the asset was approximately $1.6 million for the year 
ended September 30, 2014. The increase was offset by a decrease in depreciation expense on other assets, as a 
higher percentage of our fixed assets are fully depreciated.

In January 2014, we entered into amended lease agreements for certain buildings on our Orlando, Florida 
campus which extended the lease terms, modified the scheduled rental payments and allowed us to expand the 
square  footage  at  one  of  the  buildings.    In  connection  with  the  expansion,  we  removed  certain  leasehold 
improvements and recorded a loss of approximately $0.2 million. 

Tools and training aids expense increased $1.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2014, as compared 
to the prior year. The increase was primarily related to the integration of our Automotive Technology and Diesel 

66

 
Technology II curricula at our Sacramento, California and Orlando, Florida campuses, partly offset by a decrease 
related  to  our Avondale, Arizona  campus  as  the  curricula  was  fully  integrated  during  2013.    We  anticipate 
fluctuations in this expense as we integrate the curricula at other campuses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the 
year ended September 30, 2014 were $172.0 million, representing a decrease of $2.8 million, or 1.6%, as compared 
to $174.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2013.

The following table sets forth the significant components of our selling, general and administrative 

expenses:

Salaries expense

Employee benefits and tax
Stock-based compensation

Bonus expense

Compensation and related costs

Advertising expense

Other selling, general and administrative expenses

Contract services expense

Bad debt expense

Depreciation and amortization expense

Legal expense

Year Ended September 30,

2014

2013

$

(In thousands)

72,435

$

14,886
5,134

2,759

95,214

39,221

24,343

4,702

3,972

3,220

1,330

73,309

15,406
5,607

2,797

97,119

36,986

24,014

4,836

4,720

4,651

2,431

$

172,002

$

174,757

The following factors contributed to the decrease in compensation and related costs of $1.9 million for 

the year ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior year:

• 

Salaries expense decreased approximately $0.9 million as a result of compensation changes for 
our field admissions representatives effective July 1, 2014 and planned employee attrition throughout the year 
resulting from our focus on cost controls, partially offset by normal salary merit increases.  

• 

Severance charges had a minimal impact on the year ended September 30, 2014, as compared 
to the prior year, as charges for the first phase of a restructuring undertaken in September 2014 were largely 
offset by severance charges related to the retirement of our Chairman of our Board of Directors during the 
year ended September 30, 2013.  

• 

Stock compensation decreased, primarily due to a reduction in overall grant levels over the past 

several years. 

•  Employee  benefits  and  tax  decreased,  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  self-insurance  medical 

claims. 

In October 2014, we completed the second phase of a restructuring, resulting in severance expense of 
approximately $0.8 million. Combined with the first phase, we expect the restructuring activity to result in savings 
of approximately $7.4 million in compensation costs during the year ending September 30, 2015.

Advertising expense increased $2.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the 
prior year.  A portion of the increases were attributable to higher inquiry generation expenses; competitive pressures 
67

 
 
 
led to price increases and a tighter market for television and internet advertising.  We are focusing on identifying 
the optimal balance between quality and quantity of inquiries from potential students.  Advertising expense as a 
percentage  of  revenues  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2014  was  approximately10.4%.  We  anticipate  our 
advertising expense will be in the range of 11%—12% of revenue for the year ending September 30, 2015.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1.5 million as a higher percentage of our fixed assets 
are fully depreciated. We have reduced spending for fixed asset purchases over the past few years as part of our 
cost control efforts as our student populations have decreased.

Legal expense decreased $1.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior 
year. As discussed in Part I, Item 3 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 4, 2013, 
we settled legal matters for which we previously incurred significant legal costs. 

Other income (expense). Our other expense for the year ended September 30, 2014 was $0.6 million, 
an increase of $1.5 million as compared to other income of $0.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2013. 
The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in interest expense related to amortization of the financing 
obligation related to our Lisle, Illinois campus.  See Note 9 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements 
within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Income taxes. Our provision for income taxes for the year ended September 30, 2014 was $3.7 million, 
or 64.6% of pre-tax income, compared to $3.0 million, or 43.6% of pre-tax income, for the year ended September 
30, 2013. The effective income tax rate in each period differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35% primarily 
as a result of state income taxes, net of related federal income tax benefits, and an increase in tax expense related 
to share-based compensation during the year ended September 30, 2014.

At the time of our initial public offering in December 2003 we began awarding stock-based compensation 
in the form of stock options with a contractual life of 10 years. In subsequent years, we have awarded other forms 
of stock-based compensation with varying terms.  In 2006, we adopted the authoritative guidance on accounting 
for stock-based compensation which gave rise to deferred tax assets related to stock-based compensation timing 
differences between book expense and tax deductions, as well as a pro forma pool of windfall tax benefits. When 
tax deductions from stock-based compensation awards are less than the cumulative book compensation expense, 
the tax effect of the resulting difference (shortfall) is charged first to additional paid-in capital to the extent of our 
pro forma pool of windfall tax benefits, with any remainder recognized as income tax expense.  In December 2013 
and March and September 2014, certain stock-based compensation awards vested or expired, which required a 
write-off of the related deferred tax asset through income tax expense as our pro forma windfall pool of available 
excess tax benefits was no longer sufficient to absorb the shortfall.  The write-off of the deferred tax asset was a 
non-cash charge during the period and was not a result of current operations. 

The write-off of the deferred tax asset resulted in $0.9 million in income tax expense for the year ended 
September  30,  2014. Although  we  cannot  predict  the  price  of  our  stock,  if  our  stock  price  remains  relatively 
consistent with the last quarter’s average price, the impact of any adjustments to the deferred tax asset and related 
income tax expense for the year ending September 30, 2015 is expected to be in the range of $0.5 million to $1.2 
million.

In future periods, we may experience variability in our income tax expense and our pro forma pool of 
windfall tax benefits may fluctuate, both of which depend on the price of our common stock and the timing of 
expiration, exercise and vesting of stock-based compensation awards.  This could result in variable income tax 
rates that are substantially different from the federal statutory tax rate, including the potential for recording income 
tax expense during periods incurring a loss before income taxes.  While we will continue to experience an impact 
to our deferred tax asset in all future periods with stock-based compensation activity, the most significant impact 
to income tax expense is expected to occur through 2016, as stock options, which are currently underwater, expire.

Net income.  As a result of the foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended September 30, 2014 

of $2.0 million, as compared to net income of $3.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2013. 

68

 
 
 
Year Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2012

Revenues.  Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2013 were $380.3 million, a decrease of $33.3 
million, or 8.0%, as compared to revenues of $413.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2012.  The 9.1% 
decrease  in  our  average  undergraduate  full-time  student  enrollment  resulted  in  a  decrease  in  revenues  of 
approximately $39.8 million. The decrease was partially offset by tuition rate increases between 2% and 4%, 
depending on the program. Our revenues for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 excluded $19.5 million 
and $14.1 million, respectively, of tuition related to students participating in our proprietary loan program. We 
recognized $2.3 million and $1.5 million of revenues and interest under the proprietary loan program for the years 
ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

During 2013, we increased the amount of scholarships granted to our students to assist those who have 
a financial need in funding a portion of their education. Because scholarships are recognized ratably over the term 
of the student’s course or program in accordance with our revenue recognition policy, the increase in scholarships 
granted did not have a significant impact to our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2013.

Educational services and facilities expenses.  Our educational services and facilities expenses for the 
year ended September 30, 2013 were  $199.5 million, representing a decrease of $12.5 million, or 5.9%, as compared 
to $212.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2012.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  significant  components  of  our  educational  services  and  facilities 

expenses:

Salaries expense

Employee benefits and tax

Bonus expense

Stock-based compensation

Compensation and related costs

Occupancy costs

Other educational services and facilities expense

Depreciation and amortization expense
Supplies and maintenance

Tools and training aids expense

Year Ended September 30,

2013

2012

$

(In thousands)

86,963

$

16,746

928

617

105,254

37,151

20,956

18,600

9,351

8,228

$

199,540

$

92,157

18,228

2,386

1,080

113,851

36,851

21,370

19,035

10,239

10,633

211,979

Compensation  and  related  costs  decreased  $8.6  million  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2013,  as 
compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to the reduction in workforce undertaken in 
September 2012, which was completed to continue to align our cost structure with our lower average student 
population. Additionally, bonus expense decreased primarily due to operating results lower than bonus payout 
thresholds during the current year as well as a reduction in the bonus plan payout levels for 2013. 

Tools and training aids expense and supplies and maintenance decreased a combined $3.3 million for the 
year ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to our lower average 
undergraduate full-time student enrollments during the year as well as our cost savings efforts related to lower 
average student populations for 2013.

69

 
Selling, general and administrative expenses.  Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the 
year ended September 30, 2013 were $174.8 million, representing a decrease of $12.6 million, or 6.8%, as compared 
to $187.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2012.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  significant  components  of  our  selling,  general  and  administrative 

expenses:

Salaries expense

Employee benefits and tax

Bonus expense

Stock-based compensation

Compensation and related costs

Advertising expense

Other selling, general and administrative expenses

Bad debt expense

Depreciation and amortization expense

Contract services expense

Legal expense

Year Ended September 30,

2013

2012

$

(In thousands)

73,309

$

15,406

2,797

5,607
97,119

36,986

24,014

4,720

4,651

4,836

2,431

73,870

16,186

5,453

5,412
100,921

42,127

25,422

5,115

5,796

5,378

2,639

$

174,757

$

187,398

Compensation  and  related  costs  decreased  $3.8  million  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2013,  as 
compared to the  prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower bonus expense, as a result of operating 
results lower than bonus payout thresholds during 2013 and a reduction in the bonus plan payout levels for 2013.  
Salaries expense decreased primarily as a result of the reduction in workforce undertaken in September 2012. The 
decrease was partially offset by an increase in severance charges. We recorded severance charges of approximately 
$1.6  million  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2013,  including  $0.3  million  in  stock-based  compensation 
expense, related to the retirement of the Chairman of our Board of Directors.  During the year ended September 
30, 2012, we recorded approximately $0.9 million in severance charges related to the reduction in workforce.

Advertising expense decreased $5.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the 

prior year. The decrease was primarily due to accelerated spending in the same periods in the prior year. 

Income taxes.  Our provision for income taxes for the year ended September 30, 2013 was $3.0 million, 
or 43.6% of pre-tax income, compared to $6.0 million, or 39.6% of pre-tax income, for the year ended September 
30, 2012. The effective income tax rate in each period differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35% primarily 
as a result of state income taxes, net of related federal income tax benefits.  

Net income. As a result of the foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended September 30, 2013 

of $3.9 million, as compared to net income of $9.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. 

70

 
 
 
Non-GAAP financial measures

Our earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) for the years ended September 
30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $29.1 million, $29.9 million and $39.6 million, respectively.  EBITDA is a non-
GAAP financial measure which is provided to supplement, but not substitute for, the most directly comparable 
GAAP  measure.  We  choose  to  disclose  this  non-GAAP  financial  measure  because  it  provides  an  additional 
analytical tool to clarify our results from operations and helps to identify underlying trends. Additionally, this 
measure  helps  compare  our  performance  on  a  consistent  basis  across  time  periods.  To  obtain  a  complete 
understanding of our performance, this measure should be examined in connection with net income determined 
in accordance with GAAP. Since the items excluded from this measure should be examined in connection with 
net income in determining financial performance under GAAP, this measure should not be considered to be an 
alternative to net income as a measure of our operating performance or profitability. Exclusion of items in our non-
GAAP presentation should not be construed as an inference that these items are unusual, infrequent or non-recurring. 
Other companies, including other companies in the education industry, may calculate EBITDA differently than 
we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure across companies. Investors are encouraged to use GAAP 
measures when evaluating our financial performance.

EBITDA reconciles to net income as follows:

Net income
Interest expense (income), net
Income tax expense
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA

Student retention/completion rate

Year Ended September 30,
2013

2012

2014

$

$

2,037
1,624
3,710
21,689
29,060

$

$

3,901
(234)
3,013
23,251
29,931

$

$

9,115
(302)
5,985
24,831
39,629

Our consolidated student retention/completion rate is based on new students that began one of our programs 
during  a  fiscal  year  and  completed  or  are  still  attending  as  of  September 30  of  the  following  fiscal  year. The 
following table sets forth our consolidated student retention/completion rate during each of the periods indicated:

Year Ended September 30,

2014

2013

2012

Consolidated student retention/completion

65%

66%

65%

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our cash flows from operations, cash 
on hand and investments will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, commitments and other 
liquidity  requirements  associated  with  our  existing  operations  as  well  as  the  integration  of  our Automotive 
Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula to existing campuses and our investment in capital expenditures 
related to the new campus we plan to open through the next 12 months.

We  believe  that  the  strategic  use  of  our  cash  resources  includes  supporting  the  integration  of  our 
Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula to existing campuses and funding our new campus as 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
well as subsidizing funding alternatives for our students. Additionally, we evaluate the repurchase of our common 
stock, payment of dividends, consideration of strategic acquisitions, expansion of programs at existing campuses, 
opening additional campus locations and other potential uses of cash. We have selected a location for a new Long 
Beach, California campus on a scale similar to our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus, which we expect to open in 
late summer 2015. See Note 10 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this 
Report on Form 10-K for further discussion. During 2014, we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.10 per share on 
our common stock.  Additionally, we repurchased approximately $1.4 million of our outstanding common stock 
during the year ended September 30, 2014. To the extent that potential acquisitions are large enough to require 
financing beyond cash from operations, we may issue debt resulting in increased interest expense.  Additionally, 
to the extent that we enter into leasing transactions that result in financing obligations or capital leases, our interest 
expense would increase. Our aggregate cash and cash equivalents and current investments were $84.9 million and 
$92.1 million as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows.  A majority of our revenues are derived from 
Title IV Programs and various veterans benefits programs.  Federal regulations dictate the timing of disbursements 
of funds under Title IV Programs.  Students must apply for new funding for each academic year consisting of 
thirty-week periods.  Loan funds are generally provided by lenders in two disbursements for each academic year.  
The first disbursement for first-time borrowers is usually received 30 days after the start of a student’s academic 
year and the second disbursement is typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from the start of the 
student’s academic year.  Under our proprietary loan program, we bear all credit and collection risk and students 
are not required to begin repayment until six months after the student completes or withdraws from his or her 
program.  These factors, together with the timing of when our students begin their programs, affect our operating 
cash flow.

Operating Activities

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $27.1 million, $26.7 million, and $18.9 million for the 
years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The cash provided by operating activities in 2014 
was primarily attributable to net income of $2.0 million and adjustments of $27.4 million for non-cash and other 
items, partially offset by $2.3 million related to the change in our operating assets and liabilities. 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

For the year ended September 30, 2014, the changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash 
outflows of $2.3 million. The outflows were primarily attributable to changes in income tax payable, receivables, 
accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred rent.  The increase in income tax payable resulted in a cash 
inflow of $4.1 million and was primarily due to the timing of tax payments.  The increase in receivables, net resulted 
in a cash outflow of $2.7 million and was primarily attributable to the timing of cash receipts on behalf of our 
students in conjunction with the establishment of a receivable for reimbursable construction expenses incurred for 
our Orlando, Florida campus expansion.  The decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses resulted in a 
cash outflow of $1.9 million and was due primarily to the timing of payments in combination with a decrease in 
accrued legal expense following the settlement of litigation during the year ended September 30, 2013.  The decrease 
in deferred rent liability resulted in a cash outflow of $1.6 million and was due to amortization of the deferred rent 
balance related to tenant incentives associated with our home office lease.

For the year ended September 30, 2013, the changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash 
outflows of $6.8 million.  The outflows were primarily attributable to changes in deferred revenue.  The decrease 
in deferred revenue resulted in a cash outflow of $5.6 million and was primarily attributable to the timing of student 
starts, the lower number of students in school and where they were at period end in relation to the completion of 
their program at September 30, 2013 compared to September 30, 2012.  Partially offsetting the cash outflows was 
a cash inflow of $1.5 million related to a decrease in prepaid expense and other current assets.  The decrease in 
prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets  was  primarily  related  to  the  reimbursement  of  certain  construction 

72

 
expenses related to the relocation of our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus to, and the design and construction of, 
a new campus in Lisle, Illinois.

For the year ended September 30, 2012, the changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash 
outflows of $18.4 million.  The net outflow was primarily attributable to changes in receivables, prepaid expenses 
and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, deferred revenue, income tax payable, and other 
liabilities.  The increase in receivables resulted in a cash outflow of $10.2 million and was related to the timing of 
Title IV disbursements and other cash receipts on behalf of our students. The decrease in deferred revenue resulted 
in a cash outflow of $8.8 million was primarily attributable to the timing of student starts, the lower number of 
students in school and where they were at period end in relation to the completion of their program at September 30, 
2012 compared to September 30, 2011. The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets resulted in a cash 
outflow of $3.5 million and was primarily related to a $2.0 million prepaid to fund project plan modifications 
related to the relocation of our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus to, and the design and construction of a new 
campus in, Lisle, Illinois. We experienced a cash outflow of $1.2 million due to a decrease in the income taxes 
payable at September 30, 2012, as compared to September 30, 2011, which was attributable to the decrease in 
income before taxes. 

Partially offsetting the cash outflows for the year ended September 30, 2012 was a cash inflow of $3.0 million 
resulting from an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses. This increase was primarily due to the timing 
of payments of 2012 bonuses and the accrued severance costs recorded related to the September 2012 reduction 
in workforce. During the year ended September 30, 2012, we returned approximately $3.1 million of the total $4.3 
million obligation recorded related to the clarification from the non Title IV funding agency discussed in previous 
filings. Additionally, the increase in other liabilities results in a cash inflow of $2.1 million resulting primarily 
from a $1.0 million increase in deferred costs associated with the relocation of our Glendale Heights, Illinois 
campus to, and the design and construction of a new campus in, Lisle, Illinois.

Investing Activities

For the year ended September 30, 2014, cash used in investing activities was $9.2 million and was primarily 
related to $12.0 million in purchases of property and equipment and approximately $61.7 million for the purchase 
of  investments.   Approximately  $5.5  million  of  the  purchase  of  property  and  equipment  was  invested  in  the 
integration  of  our  Automotive  Technology  and  Diesel  Technology  II  program  curricula  at  our  Sacramento, 
California and Orlando, Florida campuses as well as the expansion of the diesel program at our Orlando, Florida 
campus.  The cash outflows were partially offset by approximately $63.9 million of proceeds received upon the 
maturity of our investments. 

For the year ending September 30, 2015, we anticipate our investment in capital expenditures will be higher 
than the amounts invested for the year ended September 30, 2014 by approximately $12.0 million. This increase 
is primarily attributable to the construction of our Long Beach, California campus and the property and equipment 
required to begin teaching classes at that campus. We anticipate investing in the range of $3.4 million to $4.0 
million in computer equipment and training aids during 2015 as part of the integration of our Automotive Technology 
and Diesel Technology II curricula at our Orlando, Florida and Long Beach, California campuses. 

For the year ended September 30, 2013, cash used in investing activities was $20.8 million and was primarily 
related to $9.4 million in purchases of property and equipment and approximately $111.8 million for the purchase 
of  investments.   Approximately  $0.5  million  of  the  purchase  of  property  and  equipment  was  invested  in  the 
integration of our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II program curricula.  In addition, the increase 
in restricted cash resulted in a cash outflow of $3.7 million and was primarily due to the transfer of funds for loan 
purchases to a deposit account in connection with our proprietary loan program. The cash outflows were partially 
offset by approximately $104.1 million of proceeds received upon the maturity of our investments. 

73

For  the  year  ended  September 30,  2012,  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $16.6  million  and  was 
primarily related to $11.3 million in purchases of property and equipment and approximately $92.5 million for the 
purchase of investments. Approximately $1.9 million of the purchases of property and equipment was invested in 
the  integration  of  our Automotive  Technology  and  Diesel  Technology  II  program  curricula. Additionally,  we 
invested approximately $4.0 million in a joint venture related to the construction of a new campus in Lisle, Illinois. 
The cash outflows were partially offset by approximately $90.6 million of proceeds received upon the maturity of 
our investments.

Financing Activities

For the year ended September 30, 2014, cash used in financing activities was $13.5 million and was primarily 
attributable to the payment of quarterly cash dividends of $0.10 per share totaling $9.9 million, the payment of 
payroll taxes on stock-based compensation through shares withheld of $1.6 million, and the repurchase of $1.4 
million of our common stock. 

For the year ended September 30, 2013, cash used in financing activities was $16.0 million and was primarily 
attributable to the payment of quarterly cash dividends of $0.10 per share totaling $9.8 million and the repurchase 
of $5.4 million of our common stock. 

For the year ended September 30, 2012, cash used in financing activities was $9.9 million and was primarily 
attributable to the payment of cash dividends on March 30, June 29, and September 28, 2012 of $0.10 per share 
totaling $7.4 million and the repurchase of $1.8 million of our common stock.

Share Repurchase Program

On December 20, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25.0 million of our 
common stock in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The timing and actual number of 
shares purchased will depend on a variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements, and 
prevailing market conditions. We may terminate or limit the share repurchase program at any time without prior 
notice. During the year ended September 30, 2014, we purchased 120,252 shares at an average price per share of 
$11.79 and a total cost of approximately $1.4 million. As of September 30, 2014, we have purchased 825,252 
shares at an average price per share of $10.50 and a total cost of approximately $8.7 million under this program.

Contractual Obligations 

The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  September  30,  2014,  the  aggregate  amounts  of  our  significant 
contractual obligations and commitments with definitive payment terms that will require cash outlays in the future.

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than

1 year

1-3

years

3-5

years

More than

5 years

(In thousands)

Operating leases (1)
Purchase obligations (2)
Other long-term obligations (3)
Total contractual commitments

$

197,322

$

29,356

$

53,114

$

50,657

$

64,195

43,842

63,770

31,517

3,362

10,758

6,382

1,567

6,584

—

47,442

$

304,934

$

64,235

$

70,254

$

58,808

$

111,637

(1)  Minimum rental commitments.  These amounts do not include property taxes, insurance or normal 

recurring repairs and maintenance.

74

 
(2)  Includes all agreements to purchase goods or services of either a fixed or minimum quantity that are enforceable 
and  legally  binding.   Additionally,  purchase  orders  outstanding  as  of  September  30,  2014,  employment 
contracts and minimum payments under licensing and royalty agreements are included.

(3)  Includes lease payments for our Lisle, Illinois campus which is accounted for as a financing obligation.  See  
Note 9 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 
10-K for further discussion.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus 
is located to operate and to grant degrees or diplomas to its students.  Our campuses are subject to extensive, 
ongoing  regulation  by  each  of  these  states.   Additionally,  our  campuses  are  required  to  be  authorized  by  the 
applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our campuses recruit students.  Our insurers 
issue surety bonds for us on behalf of our campuses and admissions representatives with multiple states to maintain 
authorization to conduct our business.  We are obligated to reimburse our insurers for any surety bonds that are 
paid by the insurers.  As of September 30, 2014, the total face amount of these surety bonds was approximately 
$17.5 million.

Additionally, our consolidated balance sheets do not reflect our operating lease obligations described 
above  in  "Contractual  Obligations"  or  our  proprietary  loan  program  described  below  in  "Critical Accounting 
Estimates".

Related Party Transactions

Information  concerning  certain  related  party  transactions  is  included  in  Note  14  of  the  notes  to  our 

Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K. 

For  a  description  of  additional  information  regarding  related  party  transactions,  see  the  information 
included  in  our  proxy  statement  for  the  2015 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  under  the  heading  “Certain 
Relationships and Related Transactions”. 

Seasonality 

Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, 
principally due to changes in total student population and costs associated with opening or expanding our campuses.  
Our student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student attrition.  Historically, 
we have had lower student populations in our third quarter than in the remainder of our year because fewer students 
are enrolled during the summer months.  Additionally, we have had higher student populations in our fourth quarter 
than in the remainder of the year because more students enroll during this period.  Our expenses, however, do not 
vary significantly with changes in student population and revenues and, as a result, such expenses do not fluctuate 
significantly on a quarterly basis.  We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of 
seasonal enrollment patterns.  Such patterns may change, however, as a result of new school openings, new program 
introductions, increased enrollments of adult students or acquisitions.  Furthermore, our revenues for the first 
quarter ending December 31 are impacted by the closure of our campuses for a week in December for a holiday 
break and during which we do not earn revenue.

Operating income is negatively impacted during the initial start up of new campus openings.  We incur 
marketing and admissions costs as well as campus personnel costs in advance of the campus opening.  Typically 
we begin to incur such costs approximately 12 to 15 months in advance of the campus opening with the majority 
of the costs being incurred in the nine month period prior to a campus opening.  

75

 
Revenues

Year Ended September 30,

2014

2013

2012

Three Month Period Ending:

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

December 31

March 31

June 30

September 30

($'s in thousands)

$

97,040

25.6% $

98,458

25.9% $ 106,427

94,711

91,329

95,313

25.1%

24.1%

25.2%

95,091

90,962

95,811

25.0%

23.9%

25.2%

106,240

99,601

101,361

$ 378,393

100% $ 380,322

100% $ 413,629

25.7%

25.7%

24.1%

24.5%

100%

Income (Loss) from Operations

2014

Year Ended September 30,
2013

2012

Three Month Period Ending:

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

December 31

March 31

June 30

September 30

($'s in thousands)

$

3,058

48.3 % $

(1,612)

(25.5)%

1,011

3,880

16.0 %

61.2 %

6,029
(1,907)
473

1,430

100.1 % $

7,327

(31.6)%

7.9 %

23.6 %

3,015

1,518

2,393

$

6,337

100 % $

6,025

100 % $ 14,253

51.4%

21.2%

10.7%

16.7%

100%

The decline in revenues for each of the three month periods ended March 31 and September 30, 2014, 
March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2013 and for the three month periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
as compared to the same periods in the prior year, was primarily due to a decrease in our student population in 
2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in our student population also contributed to a decline in income from 
operations for the three month periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three month periods ended 
March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2013.

For the three month period ended June 30, 2014, revenues increased as compared to the same period in 
the prior year.  During this period, tuition rate increases and an increase in industry training revenue offset the 
decrease in our student population.  For the three month periods ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2014,  
income from operations increased as compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The increases were primarily 
attributable to cost control efforts as well as a decrease in our depreciation expense.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements, 
which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or 
GAAP.  During the preparation of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent 
assets and liabilities.  On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to 
revenue recognition, our proprietary loan program, allowance for uncollectible accounts, goodwill recoverability, 
self-insurance claim liabilities, income taxes and contingencies.  We base our estimates on historical experience 
and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances.  The results of our 
analysis form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily 

76

 
apparent  from  other  sources.   Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different  assumptions  or 
conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial 
Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K.  We believe that the following accounting estimates 
are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require 
management’s most subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties.

Revenue recognition.  Revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs 
we provide after reductions are made for discounts and scholarships we sponsor, refunds for students who withdraw 
from our programs prior to specified dates and the portion of tuition students have funded through our proprietary 
loan program for which payment has not been received.  Tuition and fee revenue is recognized ratably over the 
term of the course or program offered.  Approximately 98% of our revenues for each of the years ended September 
30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 consisted of tuition.  Our undergraduate programs are typically designed to be completed 
in 45 to 102 weeks and our advanced training programs range from 11 to 24 weeks in duration.  We supplement 
our revenues with sales of textbooks and program supplies and other revenues.  Sales of textbooks and program 
supplies and other revenue are each recognized as sales occur or services are performed.  Deferred revenue represents 
the excess of tuition and fee payments received, as compared to tuition and fees earned, and is reflected as a current 
liability in our consolidated balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the next 12 months. 

Proprietary Loan Program.  In order to provide funding for students who are not able to fully finance 
the cost of their education under traditional governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or 
other alternative sources, we established a private loan program with a bank.  Under terms of the related agreement, 
the bank originates loans for our students who meet our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds used 
exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition.  We then purchase all such loans from the bank at least monthly and 
assume all of the related credit risk.  The loans bear interest at market rates; however, principal and interest payments 
are not required until six months after the student completes or withdraws from his or her program.  After the 
deferral period, monthly principal and interest payments are required over the related term of the loan. 

In substance, we provide the students who participate in this program with extended payment terms for 
a portion of their tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying transactions in accordance with our tuition 
revenue recognition policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with the extended payment terms 
required under the student loan agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured. Accordingly, we recognize 
tuition and loan origination fees financed by the loan and any related interest income required under the loan when 
such amounts are collected. All related expenses incurred with the bank or other service providers are expensed 
as incurred.  Since loan collectability is not reasonably assured, the loans and related deferred tuition revenue are 
not recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts.  We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts for estimated 
losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of our students to make required payments.  We offer a variety 
of payment plans to help students pay that portion of their education expenses not covered by financial aid programs 
or alternate fund sources, which are unsecured and not guaranteed.  

We use estimates that are subjective and require judgment in determining the allowance for doubtful 
accounts, which are principally based on accounts receivable, historical percentages of uncollectible accounts, 
customer credit worthiness and changes in payment history when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for 
uncollectible  accounts.  We  also  monitor  and  consider  external  factors  such  as  changes  in  the  economic  and 
regulatory environment. We use an internal group of collectors, augmented by third party collectors as deemed 
appropriate, in our collection efforts. When a student with Title IV loans withdraws, Title IV rules determine if we 
are required to return a portion of Title IV funds to the lender. We are then entitled to collect these funds from the 
students,  but  collection  rates  for  these  types  of  receivables  is  significantly  lower  than  our  collection  rates  for 
receivables for students who remain in our programs. 

77

 
 
Although  we  believe  that  our  allowance  is  adequate,  if  we  underestimate  the  allowances  required, 
additional  allowances  may  be  necessary,  which  would  result  in  increased  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses in the period such determination is made.  

Goodwill.  Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated fair 
values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which 
might result from the deterioration in the operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, 
adverse changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other circumstances.  Any resulting impairment 
charge would be recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is identified. 

Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and marine education business in 1998, and 
was allocated to two of our reporting units that provide the related educational programs.  Our recorded goodwill 
was $20.6 million as of September 30, 2014. We assess our goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of 
each fiscal year. In performing our impairment tests, we first consider the option to assess qualitative factors to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or intangible, as applicable, is 
less than its carrying amount. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying 
amount based on our qualitative assessment, or that a qualitative assessment should not be performed, we proceed 
with the quantitative impairment tests to compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value 
of its net assets.  

The  process  of  evaluating  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangibles  for  impairment  is  subjective  and 
requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. If we elect to perform an optional qualitative 
analysis, we consider many factors including, but not limited to, general economic conditions, industry and market 
conditions, our market capitalization, financial performance and key business drivers, long-term operating plans 
and potential changes to significant assumptions used in the most recent fair value analysis for the reporting unit.

When  performing  a  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test,  we  generally  determine  the  fair  value  of 
reporting units using an income-based approach consisting of a discounted cash flow valuation method. The fair 
value determination consists primarily of using unobservable inputs under the fair value measurement standards, 
and we believe our related assumptions are consistent with a reasonable market participant view while employing 
the concept of highest and best use of the asset. 

We believe the most critical assumptions and estimates in determining the estimated fair value of our 
reporting units include, but are not limited to, future tuition revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, 
capital expenditures and a discount rate. The assumptions used in determining our expected future cash flows 
consider various factors such as historical operating trends particularly in student enrollment and pricing and long-
term operating strategies and initiatives. 

2014 Impairment Testing

We completed our 2014 annual goodwill impairment tests and determined there was no impairment. We 
performed quantitative goodwill impairment tests using the fair value method described above.  The fair values of 
the reporting units exceeded book values by at least 40%. Actual experience will differ from the amounts included 
in our assessment,which could result in impairment of our goodwill in the future.

Self-Insurance.  We are self-insured for a number of risks including claims related to employee health 
care and dental care and workers’ compensation.  The accounting for our self-insured plans involves estimates and 
judgments to determine our ultimate liability related to reported claims and claims incurred but not reported.  We 
consider our historical experience, severity factors, actuarial analysis and existing stop loss insurance in estimating 
our ultimate insurance liability.  If our insurance claim trends were to differ significantly from our historic claim 
experience, we would make a corresponding adjustment to our insurance reserves.

78

 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes.  We are subject to the income tax laws of the United States, which are complex and subject 
to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. As a result, significant 
judgments and interpretations are required in determining our provision for income taxes. We assess the likelihood 
that our deferred tax assets will be realized from future taxable income and establish a valuation allowance if we 
determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized.  
Changes in the valuation allowance are included in our statement of operations as a charge or credit to income tax 
expense.  We make assumptions, judgments and estimates in determining our provisions for income taxes, assessing 
our ability to utilize any future tax benefit from our deferred tax assets.  Although we believe that our estimates 
are reasonable, changes in tax laws or our interpretation of tax laws, and the outcome of future tax audits could 
significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements.  Additionally, 
actual operating results and the underlying amount and category of income in future years could render our current 
assessment of recoverable deferred tax assets inaccurate.

Contingencies.    In  the  ordinary  conduct  of  our  business,  we  are  subject  to  occasional  lawsuits, 
investigations  and  claims,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  claims  involving  students  and  graduates  and  routine 
employment matters.  When we are aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or 
exposure.  If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we record 
a liability for the loss.  If the loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we 
disclose the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount 
involved is material. Generally, we expense legal fees as incurred. There can be no assurance that the ultimate 
outcome of any of the lawsuits, investigations or claims pending against us will not have a material adverse effect 
on our financial condition or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

Information concerning recently issued accounting pronouncements which are not yet effective is included 
in Note 3 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-
K. As indicated in Note 3, we are still evaluating the impact of the recently issued accounting pronouncements on 
our financial statements.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Our principal exposure to market risk relates to changes in interest rates.  We invest our cash and cash 
equivalents  in  mutual  funds  that  invest  in  U.S.  treasury  notes,  U.S.  treasury  bills  and  repurchase  agreements 
collateralized by U.S. treasury notes, U.S. treasury bills and pre-funded municipal bonds collateralized by escrowed-
to-maturity U.S. treasury notes.  As of September 30, 2014, we held $39.0 million in cash and cash equivalents 
and $57.2 million in investments.  For the year ended September 30, 2014, we earned interest income of $0.2 
million.  We do not believe that reasonably possible changes in interest rates will have a material effect on our 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

As of September 30, 2014, we did not have short-term or long-term borrowings.  

Effect of Inflation

To date, inflation has not had a significant effect on our operations.

79

 
ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are included below on pages F-2 to 

F-39 of this report:

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September  30, 2014, 2013
and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
Number
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6

F-7
F-9

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer and President and Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design 
and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15
(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of September 30, 2014, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. 
Based upon that evaluation, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the President and Chief Financial 
Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2014 were effective in ensuring 
that (i) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange 
Act  of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in 
the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files 
or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including 
its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the 
evaluation required by Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) that occurred during the quarter ended September 
30, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting.

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  and  our  Independent  Registered 
Public Accounting Firm’s report with respect to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
are included on pages F-2 and F-3, respectively, of this Report on Form 10-K.

80

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

Our management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and President and Chief Financial 
Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls over financial reporting 
will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control 
system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered 
relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can 
provide absolute assurance that all control issues, misstatements, errors and instances of fraud, if any, within our 
company have been or will be prevented or detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments 
in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls also 
can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management 
override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the 
likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals 
under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are 
subject to risks that internal controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions, or through the 
deterioration of the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Management’s Certifications

The Company has filed as exhibits to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 
2014, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the certifications of the Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer and the President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

The Company has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the most recent Annual Chief Executive 
Officer Certification as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
headings “Election of Directors”; “Corporate Governance and Related Matters”; “Code of Conduct”; “Corporate 
Governance Guidelines” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein 
by reference.  Information regarding executive officers of the Company is set forth under the caption “Executive 
Officers of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.” in Part I hereof.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
heading  “Executive  Compensation”,  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks”  and  “Compensation  Committee 
Report” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
headings “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
Management” is incorporated herein by reference.

81

 
 
ITEM  13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance and Related Matters” is 
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
heading “Fees Paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Procedures for Services 
Provided by the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” is incorporated herein by reference.

82

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV

(a) 

Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) 

(2) 

The financial statements required to be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
are included in Item 8 of this Report.

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not 
applicable, or the required information is shown on the financial statements or the 
notes thereto. 

(3) 

Exhibits:

Exhibit
Number
3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1*

Description
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 23, 2004.)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 
the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on December 14, 2011.)
Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock.  (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, 
or an amendment thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2003, between Registrant and certain 
stockholders signatory thereto.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto (No. 
333-109430).)
Universal  Technical  Institute  Executive  Benefit  Plan,  effective  March  1,  1997.  
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto (No. 333-109430).)
10.2* Management  2002  Option  Program.    (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the 
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment 
thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended January 
6, 2012). (Formerly known as the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan). (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 23, 2012.)
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
Form of Performance Shares Award Agreement.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.5.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 1, 2009.)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on September 11, 2013.)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on September 10, 2014.)

10.3*

10.4.2*

10.4.3*

10.4.1*

10.4.4*

10.4.5*

83

Exhibit
Number
10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9*

Description
Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, as amended, between City Park LLC, as successor 
in interest to 2844 West Deer Valley L.L.C., as landlord, and Universal Technical Institute 
of  Phoenix,  Inc.,  formerly  known  as  The  Clinton  Harley  Corporation,  as  tenant.  
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-
K filed on December 4, 2013.)
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, as amended, between John C. and Cynthia L. White, 
as trustees of the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, as landlord, and The 
Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment 
thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC, as landlord, and The Clinton 
Harley  Corporation,  as  tenant.    (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.14  to  the 
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment 
thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  by  and  between  Registrant  and  its  directors  and 
officers.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant 
on August 6, 2014.)
Deferred Compensation Plan.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K 
filed by the Registrant on April 6, 2010.)

10.10.1* Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, between the Company and Kimberly J. 
McWaters. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant 
on March 8, 2011.)

10.10.2* First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2012, between the 
Company and Kimberly J. McWaters. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on October 3, 2012.)

10.10.3* Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of March 7, 2014, between 
the Company and Kimberly J. McWaters. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 11, 2014.)

10.10.4* Employment Agreement,  dated April  8,  2014,  between  the  Company  and  Kimberly  J. 
McWaters. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant 
on April 11, 2014.)

10.11.1* Employment Agreement,  dated  March  7,  2011,  between  the  Company  and  Eugene  S. 
Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant 
on March 8, 2011.)

10.11.2* First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2012, between the 
Company and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 
8-K filed by the Registrant on October 3, 2012.)

10.11.3* Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of March 7, 2014, between 
the Company and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 11, 2014.)

10.11.4* Employment Agreement, dated April 8, 2014, between the Company and Eugene S. Putnam, 
Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 
11, 2014.)

10.12.1* Severance & Transition Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2013, between Universal 
Technical Institute, Inc. and John C. White. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on October 4, 2013.)

84

 
Exhibit
Number
10.13.1* Offer Letter, dated as of August 2, 2012, between Universal Technical Institute, Inc. and

Description

Sherrell E. Smith.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by
the Registrant on August 21, 2012.)

10.13.2* Addendum Letter, dated as of August 7, 2012, between Universal Technical Institute,
Inc. and Sherrell E. Smith.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on August 21, 2012.)

10.14.1* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2012, between 
the Company and Kenneth J. Cranston.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on November 1, 2012.)

10.14.2* First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of March 7, 2014, between the 
Company and Kenneth J. Cranston. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 
8-K filed by the Registrant on March 11, 2014.)

10.15

21.1
23.1
24.1
31.1

10.14.3* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of April 8, 2014, between 
the Company and Kenneth J. Cranston.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 11, 2014.)
Form of Retention/Recognition Bonus Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on June 13, 2011.)
Subsidiaries of Registrant.  (Filed herewith.)
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.  (Filed herewith.)
Power of Attorney. (Included on signature page.)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.  (Filed herewith.)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.  (Filed herewith.)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (Filed herewith.)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (Filed herewith.)
The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended  September  30,  2014,  formatted  in  Extensible  Business  Reporting  Language 
(XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

32.1

31.2

32.2

101

*Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or arrangement.

85

 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly 
authorized. 

Date: December 3, 2014  

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.

By:  /s/ Kimberly J. McWaters 

Kimberly J. McWaters 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the 
Board 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below 
constitutes and appoints Kimberly J. McWaters and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr., or either of them, as his true 
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and 
in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual 
Report  on  Form  10-K  and  any  documents  related  to  this  report  and  filed  pursuant  to  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection 
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, 
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be 
done in connection therewith as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby 
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes may 
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed 
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURE

/s/ Kimberly J. McWaters
Kimberly J. McWaters

TITLE

Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer) and Chairman of the
Board

DATE
December 3, 2014

/s/ Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. 
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.

President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)

December 3, 2014

/s/ David A. Blaszkiewicz
David A. Blaszkiewicz

/s/ Alan E. Cabito
Alan E. Cabito

/s/ Conrad A. Conrad
Conrad A. Conrad 

Director

Director

December 3, 2014

December 3, 2014

Lead Director

December 3, 2014

/s/ William J. Lennox, Jr.
William J. Lennox, Jr.

Director

/s/ Dr. Roderick Paige 
Dr. Roderick Paige 

/s/ Roger S. Penske
Roger S. Penske

/s/ Linda J. Srere
Linda J. Srere

/s/ Kenneth R. Trammell
Kenneth R. Trammell

/s/ John C. White
John C. White

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

December 3, 2014

December 3, 2014

December 3, 2014

December 3, 2014

December 3, 2014

December 3, 2014

87

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and
2012

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
Number
F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5
F-6

F-7

F-9

F- 1

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting for the company and for assessing the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as such 
term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over financial reporting 
is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation 
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States.

Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to maintaining records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of the company’s assets; 
providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial 
statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; providing reasonable 
assurance that receipts and expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with management and director 
authorization;  and  providing  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of company assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks that controls 
may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
based on the framework established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2014. There were no 
changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2014 that have 
materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2014 has 
been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their 
report which appears herein.

F- 2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of 
income, of shareholders’ equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company”) at September 30, 2014 and 2013, and the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2014 
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, 
the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
September 30, 2014, based on criteria established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued 
by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The  Company’s 
management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial 
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express 
opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on 
our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall 
financial  statement  presentation.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our 
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
December 3, 2014

F- 3

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Investments, current portion
Receivables, net
Deferred tax assets, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Investments, less current portion
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Deferred tax assets, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Deferred revenue
Accrued tool sets
Construction liability, current
Financing obligation, current
Income tax payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Deferred rent liability
Financing obligation
Construction liability
Other liabilities

Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized,
30,838,460 shares issued and 24,825,881 shares outstanding as of
September 30, 2014 and 30,535,847 shares issued and 24,643,520
shares outstanding as of September 30, 2013

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0
shares issued and outstanding

Paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost, 6,012,579 shares as of September 30, 2014 and
5,892,327 as of September 30, 2013

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

September 30, 2014

September 30, 2013

(In thousands)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

38,985
6,544
45,906
12,118
7,470
16,509
127,532
11,257
106,927
20,579
11,923
9,851
288,069

38,827
46,365
3,806
1,252
5,234
4,336
2,515
102,335
10,323
32,478
—
9,741
154,877

3

—
174,376

(90,769)
49,582
133,192
288,069

$

34,596
6,809
57,531
12,137
7,453
15,553
134,079
4,188
103,070
20,579
8,835
9,443
280,194

39,229
47,025
3,971
—
—
283
2,191
92,699
11,933
—
27,632
8,766
141,030

3

—
171,087

(89,346)
57,420
139,164
280,194

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 4

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

Revenues
Operating expenses:

Educational services and facilities
Selling, general and administrative
Total operating expenses

Income from operations
Other income:

Interest income
Interest expense
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
Other income

Total other (expense) income, net

Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Earnings per share:

Net income per share - basic

Net income per share - diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Cash dividends declared per common share

Year Ended September 30,
2014
2012
2013
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

$

378,393

$

380,322

$

413,629

200,054
172,002
372,056
6,337

223
(1,847)
471
563
(590)
5,747
3,710
2,037

0.08

0.08

24,640

24,920

$

$

$

199,540
174,757
374,297
6,025

235
(1)
—
655
889
6,914
3,013
3,901

0.16

0.16

24,515

24,704

$

$

$

0.40

$

0.40

$

211,979
187,397
399,376
14,253

306
(4)
—
545
847
15,100
5,985
9,115

0.37

0.37

24,711

24,937

0.30

$

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 5

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Paid-in
Capital

Treasury Stock

Shares

Amount

Retained
Earnings

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

(In thousands)

$156,497

4,870

$ (76,506) $ 61,649

$

141,643

9,115

9,115

—

(7,425)

$166,970

5,331

$ (83,924) $ 63,339

$

146,388

3,901

3,901

Balance as of September 30, 2011

29,560

$

Net income

Issuance of common stock under
employee plans

Shares withheld for payroll taxes

Tax benefit from employee stock plans

Stock-based compensation

Shares repurchased

Cash dividends declared

—

452

210

—

—

—

—

Balance as of September 30, 2012

30,222

$

Net income

Issuance of common stock under
employee plans

Shares withheld for payroll taxes

Tax benefit from employee stock plans

Stock-based compensation

Shares repurchased

Cash dividends declared

—

421

(107)

—

—

—

—

Balance as of September 30, 2013

30,536

$

Net income

Issuance of common stock under
employee plans

Shares withheld for payroll taxes

Tax benefit from employee stock plans

Stock-based compensation

Shares repurchased

Cash dividends declared

—

453

(151)

—

—

—

—

Balance as of September 30, 2014

30,838

$

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

550

4,204

(773)

6,492

—

—

—

—

317

—

—

144

—

—

525

(1,263)

(1,059)

5,914

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

561

—

—

—

(1,639)

(945)

5,873

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

121

—

—

—

(5,569)

—

—

(1,849)

—

—

—

—

—

(5,422)

—

—

—

—

—

(1,423)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(9,820)

$171,087

5,892

$ (89,346) $ 57,420

$

139,164

2,037

2,037

550

(1,365)

(773)

6,492

(1,849)

(7,425)

525

(1,263)

(1,059)

5,914

(5,422)

(9,820)

—

(1,639)

(945)

5,873

(1,423)

(9,875)

$174,376

6,013

$ (90,769) $ 49,582

$

133,192

—

(9,875)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 6

 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of assets subject to financing obligation
Amortization of held-to-maturity investments
Bad debt expense
Stock-based compensation
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
Deferred income taxes
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
Training equipment credits earned, net
Loss on disposal of property and equipment

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Restricted cash: Title IV credit balances
Receivables
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Deferred revenue
Income tax payable/receivable
Accrued tool sets and other current liabilities
Deferred rent liability
Other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
Purchase of investments
Proceeds received upon maturity of investments
Proceeds from note receivable
Investment in joint venture
Return of capital contribution from unconsolidated affiliate
Restricted cash: proprietary loan program

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Payment of cash dividends
Repayment of financing obligation
Payment of payroll taxes on stock-based compensation through shares
withheld
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee plans
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
Purchase of treasury stock

Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

$

2014

Year Ended September 30,
2013
(In thousands)

2012

2,037

$

3,901

$

9,115

18,923
1,551
2,393
3,972
5,721
(85)
(4,050)
(471)
(1,002)
402

230
(2,701)
(767)
(514)
(1,859)
(660)
4,053
530
(1,610)
963
27,056

(12,024)
42
(61,729)
63,892
—
—
568
49
(9,202)

(9,875)
(613)

(1,639)

—
85
(1,423)
(13,465)
4,389
34,596
38,985

$

22,156
—
2,023
4,720
6,224
—
(3,794)
—
(1,926)
184

(6)
(1,338)
1,487
(1,222)
(700)
(5,649)
(659)
896
(1,013)
1,443
26,727

(9,352)
54
(111,848)
104,094
—
—
—
(3,710)
(20,762)

(9,820)
—

(1,263)

525
—
(5,422)
(15,980)
(10,015)
44,611
34,596

$

23,819
—
1,757
5,730
6,492
(159)
(8,489)
—
(1,127)
203

412
(10,235)
(3,520)
(1,227)
3,037
(8,781)
(1,233)
(97)
1,147
2,078
18,922

(11,342)
6
(92,503)
90,640
615
(4,000)
—
1
(16,583)

(7,425)
—

(1,365)

549
159
(1,849)
(9,931)
(7,592)
52,203
44,611

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 7

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, continued

2014

Year Ended September 30,
2013
(In thousands)

2012

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Taxes paid
Interest paid
Training equipment obtained in exchange for services
Change in accrued capital expenditures during the period
Construction period construction liability - construction in progress
Construction period financing obligation - building
Construction liability recognized as financing obligation
Stock based compensation classified as liability instruments
Vesting of stock based compensation liability

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

3,771
1,967
2,473
820
7,120
4,825
33,500

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
$

152

$
7,467
$
1
1,164
$
(1,088) $
$
25,211
— $
— $
310
$
— $

15,708
4
1,921
933
2,421
—
—
—
—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 8

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.    Business Description

Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (“UTI” or, collectively, “we”, "us" and “our”) provides postsecondary 
education for students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine 
technicians. We offer undergraduate degree and diploma programs at 11 campuses and advanced training programs 
that are sponsored by the manufacturer or dealer at certain campuses and dedicated training centers. We work 
closely with leading original equipment manufacturers in the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine industries 
to understand their needs for qualified service professionals. Revenues generated from our schools consist primarily 
of tuition and fees paid by students. To pay for a substantial portion of their tuition, the majority of students rely 
on funds received from federal financial aid programs under Title IV Programs of the Higher Education Act of 
1965, as amended (HEA), as well as various veterans benefits programs. For further discussion, see Concentration 
of Risk under Note 2 and Note 19 “Governmental Regulation and Financial Aid”.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of UTI and its wholly-owned 

subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions 
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets 
and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue 
recognition,  our  proprietary  loan  program,  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts,  investments,  property  and 
equipment, goodwill recoverability, self-insurance claim liabilities, income taxes, contingencies and stock-based 
compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe 
are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making judgments about the 
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material 
to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs we provide after reductions 
are made for discounts and scholarships we sponsor, refunds for students who withdraw from our programs prior 
to specified dates and the portion of tuition students have funded through our proprietary loan program for which 
payment has not been received. Tuition and fee revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the course or program 
offered. Included within tuition revenues are retake fees, which are charged when a student must repeat more than 
one course. Approximately 98% of our revenues for each of the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
consisted of tuition. The majority of our undergraduate programs are designed to be completed in 45 to 102 weeks 
and our advanced training programs range from 11 to 24 weeks in duration. We supplement our revenues with 
sales of textbooks and program supplies and other revenues. Sales of textbooks and program supplies and other 
revenue are each recognized as sales occur or services are performed. Deferred revenue represents the excess of 
tuition and fee payments received as compared to tuition and fees earned and is reflected as a current liability in 
our consolidated balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the next 12 months. 

F- 9

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

 Proprietary Loan Program

In order to provide funding for students who are not able to fully finance the cost of their education under 
traditional  governmental  financial  aid  programs,  commercial  loan  programs  or  other  alternative  sources,  we 
established a private loan program with a bank.

Under terms of the proprietary loan program, the bank originates loans for our students who meet our 
specific credit criteria with the related proceeds used exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then purchase 
all such loans from the bank at least monthly and assume all of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest at 
market rates; however, principal and interest payments are not required until six months after the student completes 
or  withdraws  from  his  or  her  program. After  the  deferral  period,  monthly  principal  and  interest  payments  are 
required over the related term of the loan.

The bank provides these services in exchange for a fee at a percentage of the principal balance of each 
loan and related fees. Under the terms of the related agreement, we transfer funds for loan purchases to a deposit 
account with the bank in advance of the bank funding the loan, which secures our related loan purchase obligation. 
Such funds are classified as restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheet.

In substance, we provide the students who participate in this program with extended payment terms for a 
portion of their tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying transactions in accordance with our tuition 
revenue recognition policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with the extended payment terms 
required under the student loan agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured. Accordingly, we recognize 
tuition and loan origination fees financed by the loan and any related interest income required under the loan when 
such amounts are collected. All related expenses incurred with the bank or other service providers are expensed 
as incurred within educational services and facilities expense and were approximately $1.5 million, $2.0 million 
and $1.5 million for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Since loan collectability 
is not reasonably assured, the loans and related deferred tuition revenue are not recognized in our consolidated 
balance sheets. 

The following table summarizes the impact of the proprietary loan program on our tuition revenue and interest 
income during the period as well as on a cumulative basis at the end of each period in our consolidated statements 
of income. Tuition revenue and interest income excluded represents amounts which would have been recognized 
during the period had collectability of the related amounts been assured. Amounts collected and recognized represent 
actual cash receipts during the period. Amounts written off represent amounts which have been turned over to third 
party collectors; such amounts are not included within bad debt expense in our consolidated income statements.

Year Ended September 30,
2013

2012

2014

Inception
to date

Tuition and interest income excluded
Amounts collected and recognized
Amounts written off
Net amount excluded during the period

$

$

26,042
(3,457)
(10,560)
12,025

$

$

22,977
(2,277)
(6,295)
14,405

$

$

17,097
(1,574)
(6,352)
9,171

$

$

95,901
(8,479)
(31,555)
55,867

As of September 30, 2014, we had committed to provide loans to our students for approximately $107.3 

million since inception.

F- 10

 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the activity related to the balances outstanding under our proprietary loan 
program, including loans outstanding, interest and origination fees, which are not recognized in our consolidated 
balance sheets:

Balance at beginning of period
Loans extended
Interest accrued
Amounts collected and recognized
Amounts written off
Balance at end of period

Restricted Cash

Year Ended September 30,
2014

2013

$

$

59,767
22,174
2,835
(3,457)
(10,560)
70,759

$

$

42,880
22,004
3,455
(2,277)
(6,295)
59,767

Restricted cash primarily represents the funds transferred in advance of loan purchases under our proprietary 
loan program.  Restricted cash also includes funds held for students from Title IV financial aid program funds that 
result in credit balances on a student’s account. We exclude restricted cash from cash and cash equivalents on our 
consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash flows. Changes in restricted cash that represent funds held for 
students as described above are included in cash flows from operating activities on our consolidated statements of 
cash flows because these restricted funds are related to the core activity of our operations. 

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure 
or refusal of our students to make required payments. We offer a variety of payment plans to help students pay 
that portion of their education expenses not covered by financial aid programs or alternate fund sources, which 
are  unsecured  and  not  guaranteed.  Management  analyzes  accounts  receivable,  historical  percentages  of 
uncollectible accounts, customer credit worthiness and changes in payment history when evaluating the adequacy 
of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. We use an internal group of collectors, augmented by third party 
collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection efforts. Although we believe that our allowance is adequate, if 
the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, 
or if we underestimate the allowances required, additional allowances may be necessary, which would result in 
increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the period such determination is made.

Investments

We invest in pre-funded municipal bonds which are generally secured by escrowed-to-maturity U.S. Treasury 
notes. Municipal bonds represent debt obligations issued by states, cities, counties and other governmental entities, 
which earn interest that is exempt from federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in certificates of deposit 
issued by financial institutions and corporate bonds from large cap industrial and selected financial companies 
with a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intention to hold our investments until maturity and 
therefore classify these investments as held-to-maturity and report them at amortized cost. Investments with an 
original maturity date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase are classified as cash equivalents and investments 
with a maturity date greater than one year at the end of the period are classified as non-current.

We review our held-to-maturity investments for impairment quarterly to determine if other-than-temporary 
declines in the carrying value have occurred for any individual investment. Other-than-temporary declines in the 
value of our held-to-maturity investments are recorded as expense in the period in which the determination is made. 
We determined that no other-than-temporary declines occurred in our held-to-maturity investments during the 
years ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

F- 11

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Property and Equipment

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
amortization.  Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  are  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the 
estimated useful lives of the related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is calculated using the straight-
line method over the remaining useful life of the asset or term of lease, whichever is shorter. Costs relating to 
software developed for internal use and curriculum development are capitalized and amortized using the straight-
line method over the related estimated useful lives. Such costs include direct costs of materials and services as 
well as payroll and related costs for employees who are directly associated with the projects. Maintenance and 
repairs are expensed as incurred.

We review the carrying value of our property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We evaluate our long-lived 
assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by using probability 
weighting techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated 
by identifying independent market values. If we determine that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, we will write-
down the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value and charge the impairment as an operating expense 
in the period in which the determination is made.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated fair values of the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which might result from 
the deterioration in the operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes 
in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any resulting impairment charge would 
be recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is identified.

Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and marine education business in 1998, and 
was allocated to two of our reporting units that provide the related educational programs.  Our recorded goodwill 
was $20.6 million as of September 30, 2014. We assess our goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of 
each  fiscal  year.  During  the  year  ended  September 30,  2014,  we  utilized  a  discounted  cash  flow  model  that 
incorporated estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an associated terminal value. Key management 
assumptions included in the cash flow model included future tuition revenues, operating costs, working capital 
changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate. Based upon our annual assessments, we determined that our 
goodwill was not impaired as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, and that impairment charges were not required.  
Actual experience will differ from the amounts included in our assessment,which could result in impairment of 
our goodwill in the future.

Self-Insurance Plans

We are self-insured for claims related to employee health and dental care and claims related to workers’ 
compensation.  Liabilities  associated  with  these  plans  are  estimated  by  management  with  consideration  of  our 
historical loss experience, severity factors and independent actuarial analysis. Our claim liabilities are based on 
estimates, and while we believe the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate losses may differ from the amounts 
provided. Our recorded liability related to self-insurance plans was $4.2 million as of September 30, 2014.

Deferred Rent Liability

We lease substantially all of our administrative and educational facilities under operating lease agreements. 
Some lease agreements contain tenant improvement allowances, free rent periods or rent escalation clauses. In 
instances where one or more of these items are included in a lease agreement, we record a deferred rent liability 
on the consolidated balance sheet and record rent expense evenly over the term of the lease.

F- 12

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Advertising Costs

Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and totaled approximately $39.2 million, $37.0 million 

and $42.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Historically, we have issued stock units with vesting subject to a market condition (market shares), stock 
units solely subject to service conditions, stock options and restricted stock. We measure all share-based payments 
to employees at estimated fair value. We recognize the compensation expense for restricted stock awards and 
restricted stock units with only service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. We 
recognize compensation expense for market shares over the requisite period. All compensation expense for market 
share grants is recognized for participants who fulfill the requisite service period, regardless of whether the market 
condition for issuing shares is satisfied. We did not grant stock options or market shares during the years ended 
September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is measured based 
on the grant date fair value of our common stock, discounted for non-participation in anticipated dividends during 
the vesting period. The requisite service period for restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is generally 
the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that are expected to vest, which we 
estimate based upon historical forfeitures.

Stock-based compensation expense of $5.7 million, $6.2 million and $6.5 million (pre-tax) was recorded for 
the  years  ended  September 30,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  The  tax  benefit  related  to  stock-based 
compensation recognized was $2.3 million, $2.4 million and $2.5 million for the years ended September 30, 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events attributable 
to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective 
tax bases. We also recognize deferred tax assets for net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected 
to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced through a valuation allowance if it is more likely than 
not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash 
and cash equivalents, restricted cash, investments and receivables. As of September 30, 2014, we held cash and 
cash equivalents of $39.0 million, restricted cash of $6.5 million and investments of $57.2 million invested in pre-
funded municipal bonds, collateralized by escrowed-to-maturity U.S. treasury notes, certificates of deposit issued 
by financial institutions and corporate bonds.

We place our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash with high quality financial institutions and limit 
the  amount  of  credit  exposure  with  any  one  financial  institution.  We  mitigate  the  concentration  risk  of  our 
investments by limiting the amount invested in any one issuer. We mitigate the risk associated with our investment 
in corporate bonds by requiring a minimum credit rating of A.

We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of time, to a majority of our students. A substantial 
portion is repaid through the student’s participation in federally funded financial aid programs. Transfers of funds 
from  the  financial  aid  programs  to  us  are  made  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  (ED) 
requirements. Approximately 66%, 68%, and 75% of our revenues, on a cash basis, were collected from funds 
distributed  under  Title  IV  Programs  for  the  years  ended  September 30,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively. 
Additionally,  approximately  20%,  18%  and  9%  of  our  revenues,  on  a  cash  basis,  were  collected  from  funds 
distributed under various veterans benefits programs for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, 

F- 13

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

respectively. The financial aid and veterans benefits programs are subject to political and budgetary considerations. 
There is no assurance that such funding will be maintained at current levels. Extensive and complex regulations 
govern the financial assistance programs in which our students participate. Our administration of these programs 
is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation 
of potential adverse actions including a suspension, limitation, placement on reimbursement status or termination 
proceeding which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If any of our institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, 
the students at that institution would lose access to funds derived from those programs and would have to seek 
alternative sources of funds to pay their tuition and fees. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid 
through an ED prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally 
made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students 
typically apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs to pay their tuition and fees. The transfer 
of funds is from the financial aid program to the student, who then uses those funds to pay for a portion of the cost 
of their education. The receipt of financial aid funds reduces the student’s amounts due to us and has no impact 
on revenue recognition, as the transfer relates to the source of funding for the costs of education which may occur 
either through Title IV or other funds and resources available to the student.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  carrying  value  of  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  accrued 
liabilities and deferred tuition approximates their respective fair value as of September 30, 2014 and 2013 due to 
the short-term nature of these instruments. 

Comprehensive Income

We have no items which affect comprehensive income other than net income.

Start-up Costs

Costs related to the start-up of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

3.    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  August  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  guidance  regarding 
management's going concern evaluations. The guidance requires management to evaluate, at each interim and 
annual reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability 
to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and provide related 
disclosures. The guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual and 
interim periods thereafter, and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect to early adopt the guidance; accordingly, 
it will be effective for us starting with our fiscal year beginning October 1, 2016. We do not believe the standard 
will have a material impact on our financial statement disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance which outlines a single comprehensive revenue model for entities 
to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The guidance supersedes most current 
revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance, and requires a company to recognize revenue 
to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to 
receive in exchange for those goods or services. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or 
modified  approach  to  adopt  the  guidance. This  guidance  is  effective  for  annual  and  interim  reporting  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2016; early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, the standard will be effective 
for us starting with our fiscal year beginning October 1, 2017. We are currently evaluating the adoption methods 
and the impact that the update will have on our results of operations, financial condition and financial statement 
disclosures. 

F- 14

 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

4.    Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, we identified approximately $0.5 million (pre-tax) 
of retake revenue and $0.2 million (pre-tax) of bad debt expense reduction related to fees for student retakes for 
the periods from October 1, 2008 through June 30, 2014 which were not recorded. Additionally, we identified 
approximately $0.2 million (pre-tax) of contract services expense related to the outsourcing of certain financial 
aid processes that should have been recognized during the quarterly periods from October 1, 2013 through June 
30, 2014.

We evaluated the impact of the items on prior periods under the guidance in ASC 250-10 (SEC Staff 

Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 99, "Materiality") and determined that the amounts were not material. 

We evaluated the impact of the cumulative errors identified during the three months ended September 
30, 2014 under the guidance in ASC 250-10 on each of the years affected between the years ended September 30, 
2009 and September 30, 2014 and each of the three months periods ended December 31, 2013, March 30, 2014 
and June 30, 2014, and concluded the items were not material to any such periods. We also evaluated the impact 
of correcting these items through a cumulative adjustment to our fiscal 2014 financial statements and concluded 
that  based  on  the  guidance  within ASC  250-10  (SEC  SAB  No.  108,  "Considering  the  Effects  of  Prior Year 
Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements") it was appropriate to revise 
our previously issued financial statements to reflect the cumulative impact of this correction.

Additionally, we recorded an immaterial balance sheet correction between cash and restricted cash related 
to funds held for students from Title IV financial program funds that result in credit balances on student accounts 
as of September 30, 2013 and 2012.

The following tables present the impact of this revision on our consolidated balance sheets as of September 
30,  2013,  our  consolidated  income  statements  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2013  and  2012,  and  our 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

As Reported

September 30, 2013
Adjustment

As Revised

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Receivables, net
Deferred tax assets, net
Current assets
Other assets
Total assets
Deferred revenue
Income tax payable
Other current liabilities
Current liabilities
Deferred rent liability
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Retained earnings
Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

35,657
5,748
11,406
7,452
133,347
9,444
279,463
46,890
79
2,192
92,361
11,932
8,768
140,693
57,026
138,770
279,463

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

F- 15

731
135
204

(1,061) $
$
1,061
$
731
$
1
$
732
(1) $
$
$
$
(1) $
$
338
1
$
(2) $
$
$
$
$

337
394
394
731

34,596
6,809
12,137
7,453
134,079
9,443
280,194
47,025
283
2,191
92,699
11,933
8,766
141,030
57,420
139,164
280,194

 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Consolidated Income Statement Data:
Revenues
Selling, general and administrative
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Net income per share — diluted

Consolidated Income Statement Data:
Revenues
Selling, general and administrative
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Net income per share — diluted

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:
Net income
Bad debt expense
Deferred income taxes
Restricted cash: Title IV credit balances
Receivables
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other assets
Deferred revenue
Income tax payable/receivable
Deferred rent liability
Other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Restricted cash: proprietary loan program
Net cash used in investing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

As Reported

September 30, 2013
Adjustment

As Revised

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

380,268
174,799
374,339
5,929
6,818
3,008
3,810
0.15

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

54
$
(42) $
(42) $
$
96
$
96
$
5
$
91
$
0.01

380,322
174,757
374,297
6,025
6,914
3,013
3,901
0.16

As Reported

September 30, 2012
Adjustment

As Revised

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

413,552
187,458
399,437
14,115
14,962
5,930
9,032
0.36

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

77
$
(61) $
(61) $
$
138
$
138
$
55
$
83
$
0.01

413,629
187,397
399,376
14,253
15,100
5,985
9,115
0.37

As Reported

September 30, 2013
Adjustment

As Revised

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$
3,810
4,762
$
(3,793) $
— $
(1,258) $
1,486
$
(1,223) $
(5,674) $
(665) $
(1,014) $
$
1,445
26,733
$
(3,709) $
(20,761) $
(10,008) $
$
45,665
$
35,657

91
$
(42) $
(1) $
(6) $
(80) $
$
1
$
1
$
25
$
6
1
$
(2) $
(6) $
(1) $
(1) $
(7) $
(1,054) $
(1,061) $

3,901
4,720
(3,794)
(6)
(1,338)
1,487
(1,222)
(5,649)
(659)
(1,013)
1,443
26,727
(3,710)
(20,762)
(10,015)
44,611
34,596

F- 16

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

As Reported

September 30, 2012
Adjustment

As Revised

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:
Net income
Bad debt expense
Deferred income taxes
Restricted cash: Title IV credit balances
Receivables
Deferred revenue
Income tax payable/receivable
Accrued tool sets and other current liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Restricted cash: proprietary loan program
Net cash used in investing activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee
plans
Net cash used in financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$

$
9,032
5,790
$
(8,490) $
— $
(10,109) $
(8,830) $
(1,288) $
(96) $
$
— $
(16,584) $

18,509

550
$
(9,930) $
(8,005) $
$
53,670
$
45,665

83
$
(60) $
$
1
412
$
(126) $
$
49
$
55
(1) $
$
$
$

413
1
1

(1) $
(1) $
413
$
(1,467) $
(1,054) $

9,115
5,730
(8,489)
412
(10,235)
(8,781)
(1,233)
(97)
18,922
1
(16,583)

549
(9,931)
(7,592)
52,203
44,611

5.  Postemployment Benefits

In  September  2014,  we  completed  the  first  phase  of  a  restructuring  and  provided  postemployment 
benefits  totaling  approximately  $1.3  million  to  approximately  50  impacted  employees.  In  October  2014,  we 
completed the second phase of a restructuring and provided postemployment benefits totaling approximately $1.2 
million to approximately 50 additional impacted employees. Additionally, we periodically enter into agreements 
which  provide  postemployment  benefits  to  personnel  whose  employment  is  terminated. The  postemployment 
benefit liability, which is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the accompanying consolidated 
balance sheets, is generally paid out ratably over the terms of the agreements, which range from 1 month to 24 
months, with the final agreement expiring in December 2015.

The postemployment benefit accrual activity for the year ended September 30, 2014 was as follows:

Liability Balance 
at
September 30,
2013

Postemployment
Benefit Charges

Cash Paid

Other
Non-cash (1)

Liability Balance 
at
September 30,
2014

Severance

Other

Total

$

$

1,714

4

1,718

$

$

2,299

69

2,368

$

$

(1,878) $
(43)
(1,921) $

15
(14)
1

$

$

2,150

16

2,166

(1)  Primarily relates to the expiration of benefits not used within the time offered under the separation 

agreement and non-cash severance.

F- 17

 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

6.  Receivables, net

Receivables, net consist of the following:

Tuition receivables
Other receivables
Receivables
Less allowance for uncollectible accounts

September 30,

2014

2013

12,662
3,250
15,912
(3,794)
12,118

$

$

13,276
3,010
16,286
(4,149)
12,137

$

$

The allowance for uncollectible accounts is estimated using our historical write-off experience applied to 
the receivable balances for students who are no longer attending school due to graduation or withdrawal or who 
are in school and have receivable balances in excess of financial aid available to them. We write off receivable 
balances  against  the  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  at  the  time  we  transfer  the  balance  to  a  third  party 
collection agency.

The following table summarizes the activity for our allowance for uncollectible accounts for the year ended 

September 30:

2014
2013
2012

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Additions to
Bad Debt
Expense

Write-offs of
Uncollectible
Accounts

Balance at
End of
Period

$
$
$

4,149
4,108
5,269

$
$
$

3,972
4,720
5,115

$
$
$

(4,327) $
(4,679) $
(6,276) $

3,794
4,149
4,108

During the year ended September 30, 2012, we collected, and recorded as a reduction to bad debt expense, 

approximately $0.6 million on a note receivable which had been written off in 2004.

7.  Investments

We invest in pre-funded municipal bonds which are generally secured by escrowed-to-maturity U.S. 
Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt obligations issued by states, cities, counties and other governmental 
entities, which earn interest that is exempt from federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in certificates of 
deposit  issued  by  financial  institutions  and  corporate  bonds  from  large  cap  industrial  and  selected  financial 
companies with a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intention to hold our investments until 
maturity and therefore classify these investments as held-to-maturity and report them at amortized cost.

F- 18

 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Amortized cost and fair value for investments classified as held-to-maturity at September 30, 2014 were 

as follows:

Due in less than 1 year:

Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Certificates of deposit

Due in 1 - 2 years:
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Certificates of deposit

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized

Gains

Losses

$

$

26,894
16,836
2,176

4,230
4,054
2,973
57,163

$

$

20
1
—

7
—
—
28

$

$

Estimated
Fair Market
Value

— $
(24)
—

—
(13) $
—
(37) $

26,914
16,813
2,176

4,237
4,041
2,973
57,154

Amortized cost and fair value for investments classified as held-to-maturity at September 30, 2013 were 

as follows:

Due in less than 1 year:

Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Certificates of deposit

Due in 1 - 2 years:
Municipal bonds
Certificates of deposit

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized

Gains

Losses

$

$

40,942
11,684
4,905

3,943
245
61,719

$

$

22
2
—

4
—
28

$

$

Estimated
Fair Market
Value

— $
(7)
—

—
—
(7) $

40,964
11,679
4,905

3,947
245
61,740

Investments are exposed to various risks, including interest rate, market and credit risk and as a result, 
it is possible that changes in the values of these investments may occur and that such changes could affect the 
amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income.

F- 19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

8.  Fair Value Measurements

The accounting framework for determining fair value includes a hierarchy for ranking the quality and 
reliability of the information used to measure fair value, which enables the reader of the financial statements to 
assess the inputs used to develop those measurements. The fair value hierarchy consists of three tiers: Level 1, 
defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2, defined as inputs other 
than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, 
quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions 
are observable in the market or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data 
for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not 
corroborated by market data. Any transfers of investments between levels occurs at the end of the reporting period.

Assets measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis consisted of the following:

Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

September 30,
2014

Money market funds
Corporate bonds
Municipal bonds
Certificates of deposit
Total assets at fair value on a recurring
basis

$

$

$

29,995
20,854
31,151
5,149

$

29,995
20,854
—
—

— $
—
31,151
5,149

87,149

$

50,849

$

36,300

$

—
—
—
—

—

Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

September 30,
2013

Money market funds
Corporate bonds
Municipal bonds
Certificates of deposit
Total assets at fair value on a recurring
basis

$

$

$

23,135
11,679
44,911
5,150

$

23,135
11,679
—
—

— $
—
44,911
5,150

84,875

$

34,814

$

50,061

$

—
—
—
—

—

Our Level 2 investments are valued using readily available pricing sources which utilize market observable 

inputs, including the current interest rate for similar types of instruments.

F- 20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

9.   Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

Land
Building and building improvements
Leasehold improvements
Training equipment
Office and computer equipment
Software developed for internal use
Curriculum development
Vehicles
Construction in progress

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Depreciable
Lives (in years)
—
35
1-28
3-10
3-10
3-5
5
5
—

$

$

September 30,
2014

September 30,
2013

1,456
50,306
38,906
85,673
37,271
11,888
18,716
1,207
10,746
256,169
(149,242)
106,927

$

$

1,456
13,741
48,062
82,270
37,206
10,895
18,716
1,005
33,158
246,509
(143,439)
103,070

At September 30, 2014, construction in progress included $9.8 million related primarily to the design and 

construction of an expansion of our Orlando, Florida campus.

Depreciation expense related to our property and equipment was $17.7 million, $18.4 million and $19.3 
million for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense related to 
curriculum development and software developed for internal use was $4.0 million, $4.8 million and $5.6 million 
for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following amounts, which are included in the above table, represent assets financed by financing 

obligations:

Buildings and building improvements
Construction in progress

Assets financed by financing obligations, gross

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Assets financed by financing obligation, net

September 30,
2014

$

$

33,500
4,638

38,138
(1,551)
36,587

As  previously  disclosed,  we  entered  into  a  build-to-suit  facility  lease  agreement  and  a  construction 
management agreement related to the relocation of our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus to, and the design and 
construction of a new campus in, Lisle, Illinois. Under these agreements, we retained all construction risk and 
therefore,  for  accounting  purposes,  were  considered  the  owner  during  the  construction  period.  We  recorded 
approximately $27.6 million in construction in progress and $27.6 million in the related construction liability on 
our consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013.

F- 21

 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Construction was completed during November 2013 and the facility was placed into service effective 
December 1, 2013.  The investment in the joint venture related to the lease of this facility represents continuing 
involvement  after  the  construction  period  was  completed.  Therefore,  we  will  continue  to  account  for  the 
arrangement  as  a  financing  obligation  and  have  an  imputed  operating  lease  related  to  our  use  of  the  land. 
Accordingly, the asset and a corresponding lease financing obligation are included in our consolidated balance 
sheet. The asset will be depreciated over the initial lease term of 18 years. The financing obligation is amortized 
through the effective interest method in which a portion of the lease payments is recognized as interest expense, 
a portion is allocated to the imputed land lease and the remaining portion will decrease the financing obligation. 

Amended Leases

In January 2014, we entered into amended lease agreements for certain buildings on our Orlando, Florida 
campus,  which  extended  the  lease  terms  to  August 31,  2022  and  modified  the  scheduled  rental  payments.  
Additionally, one of the amendments included a provision which allows us to expand the square footage at one 
building by approximately 13,500 square feet with an associated tenant improvement allowance of approximately 
$1.7 million.

Under the agreement, we have retained all construction risk and are responsible for all budget overruns.  
Therefore, for accounting purposes, we are considered the owner during the construction period.  Additionally, 
during the construction period, which began June 1, 2014, the existing building and the addition are considered 
one unit of account.  Accordingly, we have recorded the existing building and a corresponding short-term financing 
obligation of approximately $4.6 million on our consolidated balance sheet and have discontinued recognizing 
rent expense.

During construction of the addition, we will record construction costs for amounts reimbursable by the 
landlord through a tenant improvement allowance as construction in progress with a corresponding construction 
liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Although we are owners during the construction period, we do not own 
the underlying land. Therefore, we have an imputed operating lease expense related to our use of the land that is 
recognized from the time we begin construction through the end of the construction period. During the construction 
period, the rental payment on the existing building is allocated to imputed land lease expense and interest expense, 
which is capitalized, and the remaining portion decreases the financing obligation. 

Upon occupancy of the expanded building under this lease agreement, we believe that we will not have 
continuing involvement after the construction period is complete, and we anticipate that the lease will be accounted 
for as an operating lease. As such, we anticipate we will derecognize the existing building, addition, financing 
obligation  and  construction  liability.  Furthermore,  we  will  record  prepaid  rent  related  to  the  rent  paid  during 
construction, which will be amortized over the initial lease term. 

F- 22

 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Future minimum lease payments under the Lisle, Illinois and Orlando, Florida leases as of September 30, 

2014 are as follows:

Years ending September 30,

Financing Obligations Operating Leases

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Thereafter

Total future minimum lease obligation

Financing obligation on building recorded during
construction period

Less imputed interest on financing obligation

Less capitalized interest

Less imputed accrued land lease obligation

Net present value of financing obligation

10.   Build-to-Suit Lease

$

$

$

297

291

291

291

291

3,541

5,002

2,926

$

2,908

2,971

3,037

3,103

43,615

58,560

$

4,575
(25,050)
(18)
(355)
37,712

On October 3, 2014, we entered into a 15-year lease agreement for a build-to-suit facility related to the design 
and construction of a new campus in Long Beach, California. Under build-to-suit lease arrangements, we establish 
assets and liabilities for the estimated construction costs incurred to the extent we are involved in the construction 
of structural improvements or take construction risk prior to the lease commencement. 

Under  these  agreements,  we  have  retained  substantially  all  of  the  construction  risk  and  therefore,  for 
accounting purposes, are considered the owner during the construction period. Although we are owners during the 
construction period, we do not own the underlying land. Therefore, we have an imputed operating lease expense 
related to our use of the land that will be recognized from the time we entered into the agreement through the initial 
lease term. 

Future minimum lease payments under this lease are as follows: 

Years ending September 30,

2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter

$

$

301
1,813
1,867
1,923
1,981
25,665
33,550

F- 23

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

11.   Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate

During  the  year  ended  September 30,  2012,  we  invested  $4.0  million  to  acquire  an  equity  interest  of 
approximately 28% in a joint venture (JV) related to the lease of our Lisle, Illinois campus facility. In connection 
with this investment, we do not possess a controlling financial interest as we do not hold a majority of the equity 
interest,  nor  do  we  have  the  power  to  make  major  decisions  without  approval  from  the  other  equity  member. 
Therefore, we do not qualify as the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, this investment is accounted for under the 
equity method of accounting and is included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize our 
proportionate share of the JV’s net income or loss during each accounting period as a change in our investment.  
For the year ended September 30, 2014, our equity in earnings was $0.5 million.  We did not recognize any equity 
in earnings during the year ended September 30, 2013. 

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate consists of the following:

September 30, 2014

September 30, 2013

Carrying Value
(In thousands)

Ownership
Percentage

Carrying Value
(In thousands)

Ownership
Percentage

Investment in unconsolidated
affiliate

$

3,903

27.972% $

4,000

27.972%

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate included the following activity during the period:

Balance at beginning of period

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate

Return of capital contribution from unconsolidated affiliate

Balance at end of period

12.   Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following:

Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Other accrued expenses

Year ended September 30,

2014

2013

4,000

$

4,000

471
(568)
3,903

—

—

$

4,000

$

$

September 30,
2014

September 30,
2013

$

$

12,990
17,963
7,874
38,827

$

$

13,758
16,858
8,613
39,229

F- 24

 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

13.   Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

Current expense

Deferred (benefit) expense

Total provision for income taxes

Year Ended September 30,

2014

2013

2012

$

$

7,760
(4,050)
3,710

$

$

6,807
(3,794)
3,013

$

$

14,474
(8,489)
5,985

The income tax provision differs from the tax that would result from application of the statutory federal tax 

rate of 35.0% to pre-tax income for the year. The reasons for the differences are as follows:

Income tax expense at statutory rate

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

Deferred tax asset write-off related to share based
compensation

Other, net

Total income tax expense

$

$

Year Ended September 30,

2014

2013

2012

2,012

$

2,419

$

697

828

173

504

—

90

3,710

$

3,013

$

5,285

483

—

217

5,985

In December 2013, March 2014 and September 2014, certain stock-based compensation awards granted to 
employees expired, which required a write-off of the related deferred tax asset through income tax expense as our 
pro forma windfall pool of available excess tax benefits was no longer sufficient to absorb the shortfall.

F- 25

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance 

sheets were as follows:

September 30,

2014

2013

Gross deferred tax assets:

Compensation not yet deductible for tax

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

Expenses and accruals not yet deductible

Deferred revenue

Net operating loss carryovers

State tax credit carryforwards
Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

Amortization of goodwill and intangibles

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

Prepaid expenses deductible for tax

Total deferred tax liabilities, net

Net deferred tax assets

$

$

6,992

$

1,480

6,308

16,318

175

319
(273)
31,319

(8,026)
(2,536)
(1,364)
(11,926)
19,393

$

7,997

1,618

7,224

12,110

226

308
(224)
29,259

(8,026)
(4,052)
(893)
(12,971)
16,288

The deferred tax assets are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows:

Current deferred tax assets, net

Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net

Net deferred tax assets

September 30,

2014

2013

$

$

7,470

11,923

19,393

$

$

7,453

8,835

16,288

The following table summarizes the activity for the valuation allowance for the year ended September 30:

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Additions
(Reductions)
to Income
Tax
Expense

$
$
$

224
80
110

$
$
$

$
49
$
144
(30) $

Write-offs

Balance at
End of
Period

— $
— $
— $

273
224
80

2014
2013
2012

As of September 30, 2014, we had approximately $0.5 million in deferred tax assets related to state net 
operating loss and credit carryforwards. These tax attributes will expire in the years 2015 through 2025. We have 
established a valuation allowance in the amount of $0.3 million related to the state net operating loss carry-forwards, 
as it is more likely than not that the net operating losses will expire unutilized.

F- 26

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

We  file  income  tax  returns  for  federal  purposes  and  in  many  states.  Our  tax  filings  remain  subject  to 
examination by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time, generally three to four years, following the 
tax year to which these filings relate. The Internal Revenue Service concluded an examination of our tax return 
for the year ended September 30, 2012 with no changes to our reported tax or tax liability.

14.   Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease our facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases, some of which contain 
renewal options, escalation clauses and requirements to pay other fees associated with the leases. We recognize 
rent expense on a straight-line basis. Two of our campus properties are leased from a related party. Future minimum 
rental commitments as of September 30, 2014 for all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

Years ending September 30,

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Thereafter

$

29,356

27,887

25,227

25,267

25,390

64,195

$

197,322

Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $27.9 million, $28.9 million and $28.2 million for the 

years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Rent expense includes rent paid to related parties, which was approximately $2.3 million, $2.5 million and 
$2.5 million for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Since 1991, certain of our 
properties have been leased from entities controlled by John C. White, an independent Director on our Board of 
Directors.

A portion of the property comprising our Orlando location is occupied pursuant to a lease with the John C. 
and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, with the lease term expiring on August 19, 2022. The annual base lease 
payments for the first year under this lease totaled approximately $0.3 million, with annual adjustments based on 
the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the 
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index.

Another portion of the property comprising our Orlando location is occupied pursuant to a lease with Delegates 
LLC, an entity controlled by the White Family Trust, with the lease term expiring on July 1, 2016. The beneficiaries 
of this trust are Mr. White’s children, and the trustee of the trust is not related to Mr. White. Annual base lease 
payments for the first year under this lease totaled approximately $0.7 million, with annual adjustments based on 
the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the 
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index.  

Additionally, since April 1994, we have leased two of our Phoenix properties under one lease from City Park 
LLC, a successor in interest of 2844 West Deer Valley LLC and in which the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 
Family Trust holds a 25% interest. The lease expires on December 31, 2022, and the annual base lease payments 
for the first year under this lease, as amended, totaled approximately $0.5 million, with annual adjustments of 2% 
of the total annual rent for the immediately preceding year. We believe that the rental rates under these leases 
approximated fair market rental value of the properties at the time the lease agreements were negotiated. During 

F- 27

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

the three months ended March 31, 2014, City Park LLC sold the properties to an unrelated third party. Our existing 
lease remains in effect through December 31, 2022.

Licensing Agreements

In 1999, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the right to use certain materials and trademarks 
in the development of our courses. The agreement was amended in November 2009. Under the terms of the amended 
agreement, we are required to pay a flat fee per student for each program a student completes. There are no minimum 
license fees required to be paid. The agreement terminates upon the written notice of either party providing not 
less than ninety days notification of intent to terminate. License fees related to this agreement were $1.0 million, 
$1.1 million and $1.2 million for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and were 
recorded in educational services and facilities expenses.

In May 2007, we entered into another licensing agreement that gives us the right to use certain trademarks, 
trade names, trade dress and other intellectual property in connection with the operation of our campuses and 
courses.  We  are  committed  to  pay  royalties  based  upon  revenue  and  sponsorship  revenue,  as  defined  in  the 
agreement, from July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2017, the expiration of the agreement. The agreement required 
a minimum royalty payment of $1.8 million in calendar year 2014. The minimum royalty payments increase by 
$0.05 million in each calendar year subsequent to 2010. The expense related to these agreements was $1.8 million, 
$1.7  million  and  $1.7  million  for  the  years  ended  September 30,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively,  and  was 
recorded in educational services and facilities expenses.

In July 2013, we entered into a training and materials agreement that gives us the right to use certain 
materials and trademarks in development of our courses. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to pay 
a flat fee per student for each related program a student completes. There is an immaterial minimum annual fee 
required to be paid upon commencement of the program and annually thereafter. The agreement terminates upon 
the written notice of either party providing not less than 90 days notification of intent to terminate. The expense 
related to this agreement was less than $0.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2014 and zero for the year 
ended September 30, 2013.

Vendor Relationships

We have an agreement with a vendor that allows us to purchase promotional tool kits for our students at a 
discount from the vendor’s list price. In addition, we earn credits that are redeemable for equipment from the 
vendor that we use in our business. Credits are earned on our purchases as well as purchases made by students 
enrolled  in  our  programs.  We  have  agreed  to  grant  the  vendor  exclusive  access  to  our  campuses,  to  display 
advertising and to use their tools to train our students. Under the related agreement, which expires in April 2017, 
we are required to maintain a minimum balance of $1.0 million in credits earned on student purchases. The credits 
under this agreement may be redeemed in multiple ways, which historically has been for additional equipment at 
the full retail list price, which is more than we would be required to pay using cash. Upon termination of the 
agreement, we continue to earn credits relative to promotional tool kits we purchase or additional tools our active 
students purchase. We continue to earn these credits until a tool kit is provided to the last student eligible under 
the agreement. A net prepaid expense with the vendor resulted from an excess of credits earned over credits used 
of $6.2 million and $5.7 million as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Students are provided a voucher which can be redeemed for a tool kit near graduation. The cost of the tool 
kits, net of the credit, is accrued during the time period in which the students begin attending school until they 
have progressed to the point that the promotional tool kit vouchers are provided. Our consolidated balance sheets 
include an accrued tool set liability of $3.8 million and $4.0 million as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 
Additionally, our liability to the vendor for vouchers redeemed by students was $1.2 million and $1.1 million as 
of September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in our 
consolidated balance sheets.

F- 28

 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Executive Employment Agreements

We have employment agreements with key executives that provide for continued salary payments and benefits 
if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause or in the event of a change in control, as defined in 
the agreements. The range of the aggregate commitment upon termination of employment under these agreements 
and existing equity award agreements as of September 30, 2014, including immaterial medical benefit and salary 
changes effective subsequent to September 30, 2014, is approximately $2.7 million to $8.7 million.

Change in Control Agreements

We  have  severance  agreements  with  other  executives  that  provide  for  continued  salary  payments  if  the 
employees are terminated for any reason within twelve months subsequent to a change in control. Under the terms 
of the agreements, these employees are entitled to between six and twelve months salary at their highest rate during 
the previous twelve months. In addition, the employees are eligible to receive the unearned portion of their target 
bonus in effect in the year termination occurs and would be eligible to receive medical benefits under the plans 
maintained  by  us  at  no  cost.  The  aggregate  amount  of  our  commitments  under  these  agreements,  including 
immaterial medical benefit and salary changes effective subsequent to September 30, 2014, is approximately $7.9 
million.

Deferred Compensation Plans

We have established a deferred compensation plan (the Plan) effective April 1, 2010, into which certain 
members of management are eligible to defer a maximum of 75% of their regular compensation and a maximum 
of 100% of their incentive compensation. Non-employee members of our Board of Directors are eligible to defer 
up to 100% of their cash compensation. The amounts deferred by the participant under this Plan are credited with 
earnings or losses based upon changes in values of participant elected notional investments. Each participant is 
fully vested in the amounts deferred.

We may make contributions at the discretion of our Board of Directors that will generally vest according to 
a five year vesting schedule. Distribution elections under the Plan may be for separation from service distribution 
or in-service distribution. We are not obligated to fund the Plan; however, we have purchased life insurance policies 
on the participants in order to fund the related benefits and such policies have been placed into a rabbi trust.

Our obligations under the Plan totaled $4.6 million and $3.7 million as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively, and are included in other liabilities while the cash surrender value of the life insurance policies totaled 
$4.7 million and $4.0 million as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in other assets in 
our consolidated balance sheets.

Surety Bonds

Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is 
located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our campuses are subject to extensive, 
ongoing regulation by each of these states. Additionally, our campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable 
state education agencies of certain other states in which our campuses recruit students. Our insurers issue surety 
bonds for us on behalf of our campuses and admissions representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization 
to conduct our business. We are obligated to reimburse our insurers for any surety bonds that are paid by the 
insurers. As of September 30, 2014, the total face amount of these surety bonds was approximately $17.5 million.

F- 29

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Legal

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically subject to lawsuits, demands in arbitration, 
investigations, regulatory proceedings or other claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving current or 
former students, routine employment matters, business disputes and regulatory demands. When we are aware of 
a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result 
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we would accrue a liability for the loss. When a loss is 
not both probable and estimable, we do not accrue a liability. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible, 
including if a loss in excess of an accrued liability is reasonably possible, we determine whether it is possible to 
provide an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim. Because we cannot predict 
with  certainty  the  ultimate  resolution  of  the  legal  proceedings  (including  lawsuits,  investigations,  regulatory 
proceedings or claims) asserted against us, it is not currently possible to provide such an estimate. The ultimate 
outcome of pending legal proceedings to which we are a party may have a material adverse effect on our business, 
cash flows, results of operations or financial condition.

In September 2012, we received a Civil Investigative Demand (CID) from the Attorney General of the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts related to a pending investigation in connection with allegations that we caused 
false claims to be submitted to the Commonwealth relating to student loans, guarantees and grants provided to 
students at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus. The CID required us to produce documents and provide written 
testimony regarding a broad range of our business from September 2006 to the present.  We responded timely to 
the request, as well as to follow-up requests for additional information. The Attorney General has not contacted 
us regarding this matter since a follow-up request for documents in February 2013.  At this time, we cannot predict 
the eventual scope, duration, outcome or associated costs of this request and accordingly we have not recorded 
any liability in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

15.  Common Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of 
Directors and have the right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder approval. On December 20, 
2013; March 31, 2014; June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014, we paid cash dividends of $0.10 per share to 
common stockholders of record as of December 10, 2013; March 17, 2014; June 20, 2014 and September 19, 2014, 
respectively. The aggregate payment was approximately $9.9 million. 

Share Repurchase Program

On December 20, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25.0 million of our 
common stock in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The timing and actual number of 
shares purchased will depend on a variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements and 
prevailing market conditions. We may terminate or limit the share repurchase program at any time without prior 
notice. During the year ended September 30, 2014, we purchased 120,252 shares at an average price per share of 
$11.79 and a total cost of approximately $1.4 million. As of September 30, 2014, we have purchased 825,252 
shares at an average price per share of $10.50 and a total cost of approximately $8.7 million under this program.

Stock Option and Incentive Compensation Plans

We have two stock-based compensation plans; the Management 2002 Stock Option Program (2002 Plan) 

and the 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (2003 Plan).

The 2002 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors on April 1, 2002 and provided for the issuance of 
options  to  purchase  0.7  million  shares  of  our  common  stock.  On  February 25,  2003,  our  Board  of  Directors 
authorized an additional 0.1 million options to purchase our common stock under the 2002 Plan.

F- 30

 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Options issued under the 2002 Plan vest ratably each year over a four-year period. The expiration date of 
options  granted  under  the  2002  Plan  is  the  earlier  of  the  ten-year  anniversary  of  the  grant  date;  the  one-year 
anniversary of the termination of the participant’s employment by reason of death or disability; 30 days after the 
date of the participant’s termination of employment if caused by reasons other than death, disability, cause, material 
breach or unsatisfactory performance or on the termination date if termination occurs for reasons of cause, material 
breach or unsatisfactory performance. We do not intend to grant any additional options under the 2002 Plan.

The 2003 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted effective December 22, 2003 upon 
consummation of our initial public offering and amended on February 28, 2007 and February 22, 2012 by our 
stockholders. The 2003 Plan, as amended, authorizes the issuance of various common stock awards, including 
stock options, restricted stock and stock units, for approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock.

As of September 30, 2014, 3.0 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 

Plan, of which 1.6 million shares are available for future grant.

We use historical data to estimate forfeitures. Our estimated forfeitures are adjusted as actual forfeitures 
differ from our estimates, resulting in stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that actually vest. 
If factors change and different assumptions are employed in future periods, previously recognized stock-based 
compensation expense may require adjustment.

The following table summarizes the operating expense line and the impact on net income in the consolidated 

statements of income in which stock-based compensation expense has been recorded:

Educational services and facilities
Selling, general and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense
Income tax benefit

Stock Options

Year Ended September 30,
2013

2012

2014

$

$
$

587
5,134
5,721
2,288

$

$
$

617
5,607
6,224
2,427

$

$
$

1,080
5,412
6,492
2,532

Stock options were issued with exercise prices equal to the closing price of our stock on the grant date and 
which generally vest ratably over a four-year period. The expiration date of stock options granted under the 2003 
Plan is the earlier of the seven or ten-year anniversary of the grant date, based on the terms of the individual grant; 
the one-year anniversary of the termination of the participant’s employment by reason of death or disability; ninety-
days after the date of the participant’s termination of employment if caused by reasons other than death, disability, 
cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance; or on the termination date if termination occurs for reasons 
of cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance.

The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model. The estimated fair value is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number 
of complex and subjective variables, including, but not limited to, our expected stock price volatility, the expected 
term of the awards and actual and projected employee stock exercise behaviors. 

We did not grant stock options during the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

F- 31

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 2002 and 2003 Plans:

Number of 
Shares
(In thousands)

Weighted
Average 
Exercise
Price
per Share

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding as of September 30, 2013

883

$

24.33

1.20 $

—

Stock options exercised

Stock options forfeited

Outstanding as of September 30, 2014

Stock options exercisable as of September 30, 2014

— $
(499) $
$
384

384

$

—

22.41

26.81

26.81

1.04 $

1.04 $

—

—

As of September 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no non-vested stock options and there was no unrecognized 

stock compensation expense related to non-vested stock options.

No stock options vested during the years ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. The total fair value of options 
which vested during the year ended September 30, 2012 was $0.2 million.  The aggregate intrinsic value in the 
preceding table is based on our closing stock price of $9.35 as of September 30, 2014. The aggregate intrinsic 
value represents the total intrinsic value that would have been received by the stock option holders had all option 
holders exercised their options as of that date. No stock options were exercised during the year ended September 
30, 2014. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended September 30, 2013 was less 
than $0.1 million.  The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended September 30, 2012 
was $0.5 million.

The amount of cash received and associated tax benefits for stock options exercised are summarized as 

follows:

Cash received
Tax benefits

Restricted Stock Awards

Year Ended September 30,
2013

2012

2014

$
$

— $
— $

262
6

$
$

224
178

Our restricted stock awards are issued at fair market value, which is based on the closing prices of our stock 
on  the  grant  date,  discounted  for  non-participation  in  anticipated  dividends  during  the  vesting  period.  The 
restrictions  on  these  awards  generally  lapse  ratably  over  a  four  or  five  year  period  based  on  the  terms  of  the 
individual grant. The restrictions associated with our restricted stock awarded under the 2003 Plan will lapse upon 
the death, disability, or if, within one year following a change of control, employment is terminated without cause 
or for good reason. If employment is terminated for any other reason, all shares of restricted stock shall be forfeited 
upon termination.

F- 32

 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity under the 2003 Plan:

Nonvested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013
Restricted stock awarded
Restricted stock vested
Restricted stock forfeited
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014

Number of Shares
(In thousands)

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

703

$
— $
(272) $
(30) $
$
401

13.93
—
15.29
14.02
12.99

As of September 30, 2014, unrecognized stock compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was 

$5.0 million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.

Restricted Stock Units

Our restricted stock units are issued at fair market value, which is based on the closing prices of our stock 
on the grant date. The restrictions on these units generally lapse ratably over a four or five year period based on 
the terms of the individual grant. The restrictions associated with our restricted stock units awarded under the 2003 
Plan will lapse upon the death, disability, or if, within one year following a change of control, employment is 
terminated  without  cause  or  for  good  reason.  If  employment  is  terminated  for  any  other  reason,  all  shares  of 
restricted stock shall be forfeited upon termination. The awards to our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of 
the  Board  and  to  our  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  were  made  pursuant  to  updated  forms  of  award 
agreements  that  implement  certain  retirement  vesting  provisions  of  such  executives' April  2014  employment 
agreements.  The  updated  award  agreements  include  a  provision  for  continued  vesting  for  12  months  after  a 
qualifying retirement, as defined by these executives' respective employment agreements and subject to compliance 
with certain covenants.

The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity under the 2003 Plan:

Nonvested restricted stock units outstanding as of September 30, 2013
Restricted stock units awarded
Restricted stock units vested
Restricted stock units forfeited
Nonvested restricted stock units outstanding as of September 30, 2014

Number of Shares
(In thousands)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

$
589
240
$
(144) $
(12) $
$
673

9.60
10.05
9.60
9.60
9.76

As of September 30, 2014, unrecognized stock compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was 

$6.2 million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

16.   Earnings per Share

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of 
shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive 
securities, if any. For the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 0.9 million shares, 1.6 
million shares and 1.5 million shares, respectively, which could be issued under outstanding stock-based grants, 
were not included in the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive.

F- 33

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

The calculation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computing basic and 

diluted net income  per share was as follows:

Weighted average number of shares

Basic shares outstanding
Dilutive effect related to employee stock plans
Diluted shares outstanding

17. Defined Contribution Employee Benefit Plan

2014

Year Ended September 30,
2013
(In thousands)
24,515
189
24,704

24,640
280
24,920

2012

24,711
226
24,937

We  sponsor  a  defined  contribution  401(k)  plan,  under  which  our  employees  elect  to  withhold  specified 
amounts from their wages to contribute to the plan and we have a fiduciary responsibility with respect to the plan. 
The plan provides for matching a portion of employees’ contributions at management’s discretion. All contributions 
and matches by us are invested at the direction of the employee in one or more mutual funds or cash. We made 
matching  contributions  of  approximately  $1.1  million,  $1.2  million  and  $2.0  million  for  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F- 34

 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

18.   Segment Information

Our principal business is providing postsecondary education. We also provide manufacturer-specific 
training and these operations are managed separately from our campus operations. These operations do not currently 
meet the quantitative criteria for segments and therefore are reflected in the Other category. Corporate expenses 
are allocated to Postsecondary Education and the Other category based on compensation expense. Depreciation 
and amortization includes amortization of assets subject to financing obligation.

Summary information by reportable segment is as follows:

Revenues

Postsecondary education
Other
Consolidated

Income (loss) from operations
Postsecondary education
Other
Consolidated

Depreciation and amortization

Postsecondary education
Other
Consolidated
Net income (loss)

Postsecondary education
Other
Consolidated

Goodwill

Postsecondary education
Other

Consolidated

Total assets

Postsecondary education
Other
Consolidated

Year Ended September 30,
2013

2012

2014

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

367,630
10,763
378,393

9,045
(2,708)
6,337

20,121
353
20,474

3,272
(1,235)
2,037

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

371,717
8,605
380,322

8,455
(2,430)
6,025

21,796
360
22,156

5,293
(1,392)
3,901

2014

As of September 30,
2013

20,579
—
20,579

282,529
5,540
288,069

$

$

$

$

20,579
—
20,579

272,909
7,285
280,194

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

403,870
9,759
413,629

16,422
(2,169)
14,253

23,400
419
23,819

10,339
(1,224)
9,115

2012

20,579
—
20,579

261,107
7,661
268,768

19.   Government Regulation and Financial Aid

Our  institutions  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  federal  and  state  governmental  agencies  and 
accrediting bodies. In particular, HEA, and the regulations promulgated thereunder by ED, subject the institutions 

F- 35

 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to participate 
in the various federal student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the HEA.

To participate in the Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction 
by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified 
as an eligible institution by ED. ED will certify an institution to participate in the Title IV Programs only after the 
institution  has  demonstrated  compliance  with  the  HEA  and  ED’s  extensive  regulations  regarding  institutional 
eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance to ED on an ongoing basis.

State Authorization

Each of our institutions must be authorized by the applicable state education agency for the state in which 
the institution is located in order to operate and grant degrees or diplomas to its students. Our institutions are subject 
to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states.  Additionally, our institutions are required to be authorized 
by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our institutions recruit students. If any 
one of our campuses were to lose its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the campus is 
located, that campus would be unable to offer its programs and we could be forced to close that campus. If one of 
our campuses were to lose its authorization from a state other than the state in which the campus is located, that 
campus would not be able to recruit students in that state.

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution voluntarily submits to ongoing 
qualitative  reviews  by  an  organization  of  peer  institutions. Accrediting  commissions  primarily  examine  the 
academic  quality  of  the  institution’s  instructional  programs. A  grant  of  accreditation  is  generally  viewed  as 
confirmation that the institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting commissions 
also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution 
has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission.

Accreditation by an ED recognized commission is required for an institution to be certified to participate 
in Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by ED, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for 
their review of educational institutions. All of our institutions are accredited by the Accrediting Commission of 
Career Schools and Colleges, an accrediting commission recognized by ED.

An accrediting commission may place an institution on reporting status to monitor one or more specified 
areas of performance in relation to the accreditation standards. An institution placed on reporting status is required 
to report periodically to the accrediting commission on that institution’s performance in the area or areas specified 
by the commission.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

Political  and  budgetary  concerns  significantly  affect  Title  IV  Programs.  Congress  has  historically 
reauthorized the HEA approximately every five to six years with the last reauthorization in 2008. Significant factors 
relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

F- 36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

90/10 Rule

A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if it derives more than 90% 
of its revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years as calculated under a cash basis formula 
mandated by ED. The loss of such eligibility would begin on the first day following the conclusion of the second 
consecutive year in which the institution exceeded the 90% limit and, as such, any Title IV Program funds already 
received by the institution and its students during a period of ineligibility would have to be returned to ED or a 
lender. Additionally, if an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will place the institution on 
provisional certification for a period of at least two years. For the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
approximately  66%,  68%  and  75%,  respectively,  of  our  revenues,  on  a  cash  basis,  were  derived  from  funds 
distributed under Title IV Programs.

Federal Student Loan Defaults

To remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, institutions must maintain federal student loan 
cohort  default  rates  below  specified  levels. An  institution  whose  cohort  default  rate  is  30%  or  more  for  three 
consecutive federal fiscal years (FFYs) or 40% or more for any given FFY loses eligibility to participate in some 
or all Title IV Programs.  This sanction is effective for the remainder of the FFY in which the institution lost its 
eligibility and for the two subsequent FFYs. None of our institutions had a three-year FFEL/DL cohort default rate 
of 30% or greater for 2011, 2010 or 2009, the three most recent FFYs with published rates.

Financial Responsibility Standards

All  institutions  participating  in  Title  IV  Programs  must  satisfy  specific  ED  standards  of  financial 
responsibility. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution’s 
annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change of control of the institution.

The institution’s financial responsibility is measured by its composite score, which is calculated by ED 
based on (i) the equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial 
viability; (ii) the primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from 
expendable resources; and (iii) the net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit. 
An institution that does not meet ED’s minimum composite score may demonstrate its financial responsibility by 
posting a letter of credit in favor of the ED in an amount equal to at least 50% of the Title IV Program funds 
received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year and possibly accepting other conditions 
on its participation in the Title IV Programs.

ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our institutions on a consolidated basis based on 
the financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. as the parent company. ED’s regulations permit ED 
to examine the financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the financial statements of each institution 
and  the  financial  statements  of  any  related  party.  Our  composite  score  has  exceeded  the  required  minimum 
composite score of 1.5 for each of our fiscal years since 2004.

Return of Title IV Funds

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program 
funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them. 
The institution must return those unearned funds to ED or the appropriate lending institution in a timely manner, 
which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. If an 
institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the 

F- 37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

students in the audit or program review sample, the institution must post a letter of credit in favor of ED in an 
amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV Program funds that should have been returned in the previous fiscal year.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we, like other industry participants, may be subject 
from time to time to investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third 
parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions, or common law causes of action.

There can be no assurance that other regulatory agencies or third parties will not undertake investigations 
or make claims against us, or that such claims, if made, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, 
cash flows, results of operations or financial condition.

20.  Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)

First
Quarter (1)

Second
Quarter (1)

Third
Quarter (1)

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal
Year

Year ended September 30, 2014
Revenues

Income (loss) from operations

Net income (loss)

Income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

$

$

$

$

$

97,040

3,058

1,707

0.07

0.07

$

$

$

$

$

94,711
$
(1,612) $

(1,620) $

91,329

1,011

366

(0.07) $
(0.07) $

0.01

0.01

$

$

$

$

$

95,313

3,880

1,584

0.06

0.06

Year ended September 30, 2013
Revenues

Income (loss) from operations

Net income (loss)

Income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

First
Quarter (1)

Second
Quarter (1)

Third
Quarter (1)

Fourth
Quarter (1)

$

$

$

$

$

98,458

6,029

3,576

0.14

0.14

$

$

$

$

$

95,091
$
(1,907) $
(901) $

(0.04) $
(0.04) $

90,962

473

337

0.01

0.01

$

$

$

$

$

95,811

1,430

889

0.04

0.04

(1)     During the three months ended September 30, 2014, we revised our previously issued financial statements 
from 2009 through the third quarter of 2014 to reflect the cumulative impact of certain immaterial error corrections. 
For additional information related to this revision, see Note 4. The following tables present the impact of this 
revision on our quarterly financial data presented above.

As Reported
97,029
$
3,003
$
1,660
$

First Quarter of 2014
Adjustment
11
$
55
$
47
$

As Revised
97,040
$
3,058
$
1,707
$

Revenues
Income from operations
Net income

F- 38

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

378,393

6,337

2,037

0.08

0.08

Fiscal
Year

380,322

6,025

3,901

0.16

0.16

 
 
 
                                     
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues
Loss from operations
Net loss
Net loss per share — basic
Net loss per share — diluted

Revenues
Income from operations
Net income
Net income per share — basic

Revenues
Income from operations
Net income

Revenues
Loss from operations
Net loss

Revenues
Income from operations
Net income

Revenues
Income from operations
Net income

Second Quarter of 2014
As Revised
Adjustment
As Reported
94,711
9
94,702
$
$
$
(1,612)
(108) $
(1,504) $
$
(1,620)
(115) $
(1,505) $
$
(0.07)
(0.01) $
(0.06) $
$
(0.07)
(0.01) $
(0.06) $
$

As Reported
91,316
$
1,073
$
370
$
0.02
$

Third Quarter of 2014
As Revised
Adjustment
91,329
13
$
$
(62) $
1,011
$
(4) $
366
$
(0.01) $
0.01
$

As Reported
98,441
$
6,006
$
3,562
$

First Quarter of 2013
Adjustment
17
$
23
$
14
$

As Revised
98,458
$
6,029
$
3,576
$

Second Quarter of 2013
Adjustment
As Reported
16
95,075
$
$
(1,939) $
32
$
(920) $
19
$

As Revised
95,091
$
(1,907)
$
(901)
$

As Reported
90,954
$
458
$
296
$

Third Quarter of 2013
Adjustment
8
$
15
$
41
$

As Revised
90,962
$
473
$
337
$

As Reported
95,798
$
1,404
$
872
$

Fourth Quarter of 2013
Adjustment
13
$
26
$
17
$

As Revised
95,811
$
1,430
$
889
$

The summation of quarterly per share information does not equal amounts for the full year as quarterly 
calculations are performed on a discrete basis. Additionally, securities may have had an anti-dilutive effect during 
individual quarters but not for the full year.

F- 39

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Request for Investor  
Information

Universal Technical  
Institute, Inc.  
Investor Relations  
16220 North Scottsdale Road  
Suite 100  
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254  
(623) 445-9500

The company will furnish a copy 
of the 2014 Annual Report  
on Form 10-K without charge 
upon a written request to the 
address above. In addition,  
the electronic version of the 
Annual Report can be found  
at www.uti.edu, under the 
captions Investors-Financial 
Information-Annual Reports. 

UTI has submitted the requisite 
certification regarding its 
corporate governance listing 
standards to the New York 
Stock Exchange. 

Common Stock
Traded on the New York Stock 
Exchange under the symbol UTI

Transfer Agent
Computershare  
P.O. Box 30170  
College Station, TX 77845-3170

Independent Accountants
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
1850 North Central Avenue  
Suite 700  
Phoenix, Arizona 85004 

Shareholder Information

Board of Directors

Corporate Officers

Kimberly J. McWaters
Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer

Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
President and  
Chief Financial Officer

Kenneth J. Cranston
Senior Vice President,  
Admissions

Chad A. Freed
General Counsel, Senior Vice 
President of Business  
Development and Secretary 

Jeffry B. May
Senior Vice President,  
Marketing

Bryce H. Peterson
Senior Vice President,  
Information Technology

Sherrell E. Smith
Senior Vice President,  
Operations

Rhonda R. Turner
Senior Vice President,  
People Services

Kimberly J. McWaters
Chairman of the Board and  
Chief Executive Officer  
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. 

Conrad A. Conrad
Lead Director  
Former Executive Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer,  
The Dial Corporation 

David A. Blaszkiewicz 
Director  
President and  
Chief Executive Officer,  
Invest Detroit 

Alan E. Cabito
Director  
Former Group Vice President,  
Sales Administration,  
Toyota Motorsales, U.S.A., Inc. 

LTG (R) William J. Lennox, Jr.
Director  
Former Superintendent of the  
United States Military Academy  
at West Point 

Dr. Roderick R. Paige
Director  
Former United States  
Secretary of Education

Roger S. Penske
Director  
Chairman,  
Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

Linda J. Srere
Director  
Former President,  
Young and Rubicam Advertising

Kenneth R. Trammell
Director  
Chief Financial Officer,  
Tenneco, Inc. 

John C. White
Director  
Former Chairman of the Board,  
Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

Chosen by Industry. Ready to Work.

AVONDALE, ARIZONA 
RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CALIFORNIA 
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 
ORLANDO, FLORIDA 
LISLE, ILLINOIS 
NORWOOD, MASSACHUSETTS 
MOORESVILLE, NORTH CAROLINA 
EXTON, PENNSYLVANIA 
DALLAS/FORT WORTH, TEXAS 
HOUSTON, TEXAS 

UTI.edu

Nick Fuller, Chassis Setup Technician, Joe Gibbs Racing, Huntersville, NC. 
NiNi kck FF lulller, Chassis Setup Technician, Joe Gibbs Racing, Huntersville, NC.
Graduated from NASCAR Tech in 2009.
Graduated from NASCAR Tech in 2009.

Tammer S. Haddad, Diesel Service Technician, Central Illinois Trucking Group, Inc.,  
Mokena, IL. Graduated from UTI in 2012. 

PHOENIX, ARIZONA
ORLANDO, FLORIDA

ORLANDO, FLORIDA

MOORESVILLE, NORTH CAROLINA